Casio TE-8500F Specifications

TE-7000S/8000F/8500F
Electronic Cash Register
———————————————————————
Reference Manual
Version 1.0 February 2003
c
www.cashregisters.net
Preface
This manual is intended to be used as a reference to the TE-7000S series system. It provides
details to allow whole understanding of the system capabilities, its operation, and how it can
be used to solve many problems within the retail outlet. This manual does not describe actual
programming, which is covered in the TE-7000S series programming manual.
This manual consists of the following chapters:
1. Introduction
This chapter describes the concepts of development of the TE-7000S series system.
2. Hardware configuration
This chapter outlines the hardware, optional devices and configurations of TE-7000S
series system.
3. Application systems
This chapter outlines the application system and overviews the function provided for the
TE-7000S series system.
4. Manager operation
This chapter explains the manager operations to use TE-7000S series system.
5. Registrations
This chapter explains actual registration operations with example.
6. Refund mode operation
This chapter explains registrations in the RF or REG– mode.
7. Read and reset
This chapter explains detail of the read and reset operations and reports.
8. Appendices
These chapters show the record format and descriptions of individual files, total
calculation method, meaning of error messages, etc.
• System down and recovery (in the Installation and Down Recovery manual)
This chapter explains actions to take and recovery methods when the system goes down.
Note: Casio reserves the right to change equipment and specifications without obligation
and notification. The terms used in this manual may be different from those used in
other manuals of Casio’s product.
Printing history
Manual version
Version 1.0: February 2003
Software version
First Edition: February 2003
Version 1.0
Revised points
R-2
www.cashregisters.net
Introduction
The TE-7000S series is a versatile intelligent terminal developed in accordance with the following
concepts.
1) System concept
Developing a high performance economical system by adopting the restaurant, bar, fast
food system.
– Shared check tracking
The TE-7000S series system has the capability of check tracking system.
– Shared printer system
All terminals in the cluster can share remote printer(s).
– Collection, consolidation, and auto-program functions
The TE-7000S series system is equipped with these functions by utilizing high-speed inline data transfer system.
– Versatile terminal
With the TE-7000S series system, any terminal has the same function, and can be
designated as the master terminal by programming.
2) Software concept
A flexible application system for development, adopting the following methods:
– Function classified application system
3) Terminal hardware concept
Silent receipt/journal printer, multi-line color LCD
In addition to the above, the TE-7000S series is also a terminal following characteristics:
– Expandability
The TE-7000S series system can be connected to various peripheral devices (slip printer,
modem, a personal computer, etc.)
– Reliability
The TE-7000S series is provided with a self-diagnosis program so that the terminal can
check the hardware. When a malfunction occurs during processing, an error report is
logged into the system memory so that the error can quickly be corrected.
TE-7000S/8000F/8500F Reference Manual
R-3
www.cashregisters.net
Contents
To prevent malfunctions caused by the weak batteries, charge the memory
protection batteries for over 12-hours before installation or after a long-time vacation
(over 30 days).
• Before installation, initialize the terminal and leave it turn on over 12-hours.
• After a long-time vacation, initialize the terminal and restore the program data if
the terminal is in malfunction, and leave it turn on over 12-hours.
• Over 48-hours charging makes the batteries fully charged.
R-4
www.cashregisters.net
1.
Hardware configuration ..................................................................... R-10
1-1.
1-2.
1-3.
1-4.
1-5.
1-6.
1-7.
1-8.
1-9.
General configuration ............................................................................................ R-10
Hardware diagram .................................................................................................. R-11
Keyboard ............................................................................................................... R-12
Display .................................................................................................................. R-14
Cash drawer .......................................................................................................... R-16
Security locks ........................................................................................................ R-16
Input/output connectors......................................................................................... R-17
Optional peripherals .............................................................................................. R-18
System configuration ............................................................................................. R-19
2.
Application systems........................................................................... R-25
2-1.
General description of application system ...................................... R-25
2-1-1.
2-1-2.
2-1-3.
2-1-4.
2-1-5.
2-1-6.
2-1-7.
2-2.
File concept ...........................................................................................................
Linkage of totalizers ..............................................................................................
Function keys ........................................................................................................
Keyboard layout ....................................................................................................
Mode control .........................................................................................................
Operation prompt and error messages .................................................................
Printing control system ..........................................................................................
R-25
R-26
R-27
R-27
R-28
R-28
R-28
General description of individual function keys ............................. R-31
2-2-1. System keys .......................................................................................................... R-31
2-2-2. Finalize keys ......................................................................................................... R-32
2-2-3. Transaction keys ................................................................................................... R-33
2-3.
Remote printer control ....................................................................... R-44
2-3-1.
2-3-2.
2-3-3.
2-3-4.
2-4.
Remote printer system configuration ....................................................................
Remote printer control setting ...............................................................................
Remote printer output control................................................................................
Remote printer backup processes ........................................................................
R-44
R-45
R-46
R-46
Check tracking system....................................................................... R-49
2-4-1. Shared check tracking system .............................................................................. R-49
2-4-2. Shared check tracking requirement ...................................................................... R-50
2-4-3. Data backup when the master goes down ............................................................ R-50
2-5.
Other check tracking system control ............................................... R-51
2-5-1. The timing to clear check detail and index file after finalization ............................ R-51
2-5-2. Table transfer ........................................................................................................ R-51
2-5-3. Store and Recall .................................................................................................... R-51
2-6.
Clerk control function ........................................................................ R-53
2-6-1.
2-6-2.
2-6-3.
2-6-4.
Clerk interrupt........................................................................................................
Clerk detail memory ..............................................................................................
Clerk training .........................................................................................................
Manager mode control ..........................................................................................
TE-7000S/8000F/8500F Reference Manual
R-53
R-54
R-54
R-54
R-5
www.cashregisters.net
Contents
2-7.
Arrangement key function and scheduler ........................................ R-56
2-7-1. Arrangement key function ..................................................................................... R-56
2-7-2. Arrangement program example ............................................................................ R-60
2-7-3. Scheduled execution of arrangement key function ............................................... R-60
2-8.
Making graphic logo........................................................................... R-61
2-8-1. About graphic logo ................................................................................................ R-61
2-8-2. Making graphic logo procedure ............................................................................. R-61
2-9.
Hourly item .......................................................................................... R-62
2-9-1. Programming necessary files before using hourly item function. .......................... R-62
2-10. Time and attendance .......................................................................... R-63
2-10-1. Corresponding relations of the file ........................................................................ R-64
2-10-2. Clock-in operation ................................................................................................. R-66
2-10-3. Clock-out operation ............................................................................................... R-69
2-11. Sign on control ................................................................................... R-71
2-11-1.
2-11-2.
2-11-3.
2-11-4.
Sign on ..................................................................................................................
Solution to abnormality of master terminal ............................................................
Solution to abnormality of satellite terminal ...........................................................
Sign on compulsory ...............................................................................................
R-71
R-72
R-72
R-72
2-12. IDC (Item Data Capture) ..................................................................... R-73
2-12-1.
2-12-2.
2-12-3.
2-12-4.
2-12-5.
2-12-6.
Available capturing items ......................................................................................
Set up the IDC start / end ......................................................................................
How to memorize the captured items ....................................................................
IDC data file structure ...........................................................................................
IDC data type ........................................................................................................
Transferring IDC ....................................................................................................
R-73
R-76
R-77
R-78
R-82
R-83
2-13. Electronic journal ............................................................................... R-84
2-13-1.
2-13-2.
2-13-3.
2-13-4.
Storing electronic journal .......................................................................................
Issuing electronic journal report ............................................................................
Displaying electronic journal and producing guest receipts after sales .................
Transferring electronic journal memory .................................................................
R-84
R-84
R-84
R-84
3.
Manager operation ............................................................................. R-88
3-1.
Machine initialization ......................................................................... R-88
3-1-1.
3-1-2.
3-1-3.
3-1-4.
3-2.
INIT .......................................................................................................................
Flag clear ..............................................................................................................
INIT 2 ....................................................................................................................
INIT code ...............................................................................................................
R-88
R-88
R-89
R-89
IPL (Initial Program Loading) ............................................................ R-89
3-2-1. IPL ......................................................................................................................... R-89
3-2-2. System configuration before IPL operation ........................................................... R-90
3-2-3. IPL operation ......................................................................................................... R-91
R-6
www.cashregisters.net
3-3.
Manager function................................................................................ R-92
3-3-1.
3-3-2.
3-3-3.
3-3-4.
3-3-5.
3-3-6.
3-3-7.
3-3-8.
3-3-9.
3-3-10.
3-3-11.
3-3-12.
3-3-13.
3-4.
System connection check ..................................................................................... R-92
Remote on ............................................................................................................. R-93
Remote off ............................................................................................................. R-93
Busy reset ............................................................................................................. R-94
Stock maintenance ................................................................................................ R-95
Drawer for clerk ..................................................................................................... R-96
CHK# (Clerk interrupt) ........................................................................................... R-96
Order ID change .................................................................................................... R-97
Error log print ........................................................................................................ R-98
System re-configuration ........................................................................................ R-99
Item Data Capture ............................................................................................... R-100
Euro change over ................................................................................................ R-101
Clerk number ....................................................................................................... R-102
System command execution ........................................................... R-103
3-4-1. X/Z reporting ....................................................................................................... R-103
3-4-2. X/Z collection / consolidation ............................................................................... R-104
3-4-3. Remote power control ......................................................................................... R-105
3-5.
Data Communication System .......................................................... R-106
3-5-1. Inline / online connectors .................................................................................... R-106
3-5-2. Hardware interface .............................................................................................. R-107
3-5-3. Inline / online functions ........................................................................................ R-109
3-6.
Collection/Consolidation system .................................................... R-110
3-6-1. X/Z collection ........................................................................................................ R-112
3-6-2. X/Z consolidation .................................................................................................. R-114
3-6-3. X/Z collection / consolidation ................................................................................ R-116
3-7.
Auto-programming function ............................................................ R-119
3-7-1. Auto programming functions ................................................................................ R-119
3-7-2. Auto program operation and CF card utilities ...................................................... R-120
TE-7000S/8000F/8500F Reference Manual
R-7
www.cashregisters.net
Contents
4.
Registrations..................................................................................... R-124
4-1.
4-2.
4-3.
4-4.
4-5.
4-6.
4-7.
4-8.
4-9.
4-9.
4-10.
4-11.
4-12.
4-13.
4-14.
4-15.
5.
Clerk sign on / off operation ................................................................................
Voiding the last registered item (<VOID> key operation) ....................................
Voiding the previous registered item (<VOID> key operation) ............................
Cancelling of all data registered during the transaction ......................................
Using the list function ..........................................................................................
Using the set menu function and pulldown group function..................................
Post entry ............................................................................................................
Separate check ...................................................................................................
Open check .........................................................................................................
Dutch account .....................................................................................................
Media change ......................................................................................................
Eat-in / Takeout ...................................................................................................
Scanning PLU .....................................................................................................
Shift PLU .............................................................................................................
Printing barcode on receipts (UP-350 only) ........................................................
Round repeat function .........................................................................................
R-124
R-125
R-126
R-126
R-128
R-129
R-132
R-133
R-134
R-134
R-135
R-136
R-136
R-137
R-137
R-138
Refund mode operation ................................................................... R-140
5-1.
6.
Selecting REF or REG– Mode ............................................................................ R-140
Read and reset operations .............................................................. R-142
6-1.
6-2.
The procedures of reading or resetting ............................................................... R-142
Report sample ..................................................................................................... R-143
A-1.
Function key list ............................................................................... R-160
A-2.
File list ............................................................................................... R-162
A-3.
File format ......................................................................................... R-168
A-4.
Counter and Totalizer calculation method ..................................... R-194
A-5.
Error messages ................................................................................ R-198
A-6.
Memory map .................................................................................... R-206
Index ...............................................................................................................R-210
R-8
www.cashregisters.net
1.
Hardware configuration ......................................................................... R-10
1-1.
1-2.
1-3.
1-4.
1-5.
1-6.
1-7.
1-8.
1-9.
General configuration.................................................................................... R-10
Hardware diagram ........................................................................................ R-11
Keyboard....................................................................................................... R-12
Display .......................................................................................................... R-15
Cash drawer.................................................................................................. R-16
Security locks ................................................................................................ R-16
Input/output connectors ................................................................................ R-17
Optional peripherals ...................................................................................... R-18
System configuration .................................................................................... R-19
TE-7000S/8000F/8500F Reference Manual
R-9
www.cashregisters.net
Hardware Configuration
1.
Hardware configuration
This section outlines the hardware, optional devices, and configurations of the TE-7000S
series (TE-7000S, TE-8000F and TE-8500F) system.
1-1.
Popup display
Main display
General configuration
Journal spool
Platen arm
Printer
Printer cover
Printer cover key
TE-7000S
CF card slot cover
Dallas key receiver (option)
Sheet holder
Power switch cover
Contrast control knob
TE-8000F
TE-8500F
R-10
www.cashregisters.net
1-2.
Hardware diagram
Main LCD
Optional
Sheet Ho
lder (SH-K
IT10) (on
Sheet H
older (on
d
Power
supply
CPU
MDL-11
Inline
Drawer
Drawer
Drawer
Drawer
CASIO
original cable
CAT5 UTP cable
Inline-2 Inline-1
either
or
RAM
4MB
8MB
RS232C
COM3
RS232C
COM4
Clerk
key
i/f
Dallas keys
CLK-K22
CF card
MODEM
or
PC
Scanner
HHS-15
Slip
printer
Remote
printer
SP-1300
UP-350
Power
supply
PS-180
Power
supply
Remote
display
Remote
printer
QT-2163D
UP-250
QT-2061S
Other
Terminal
PRT-CB-8C
1 i/f
RS232C
COM2
Flash
Memory
SA-2162S
2 i/f
-8000F)
PRL-CB-2
RS232C
COM1
Drawer
Drawer
000F)
ly for TE
Keyboar
Receipt printer
Popup
disp.
i/f
ly for TE-8
PRT-CB-8A/-8B
Journal printer
PRT-CB-8A/-8B
Popup
display
Other
Terminal
Power
supply
PS-180
Other
Terminal
Note: Shadowed device and dot line indicate option devices.
TE-7000S/8000F/8500F Reference Manual
R-11
www.cashregisters.net
Hardware Configuration
1-3.
Keyboard
1-3-1.
Standard keyboard
TE-7000S
RECEIPT
FEED
JOURNAL
FEED
RECEIPT
OPEN
MEDIA
CHANGE
#
C
NS
%–
X
VOID
RC
PD
PRICE
LIST#
COVERS
MENU
ESC
/SKIP
23
CR1
CR2
16
22
CH
CHK/
TEND
9
15
21
NEW/OLD
CHK
NB
2
8
14
20
1
7
13
19
6
12
18
24
5
11
17
TABLE
TRANS
4
10
3
7
8
9
4
5
6
YES
↑
PAGE
UP
1
2
3
←
HOME
→
0
00
•
NO
↓
PAGE
DOWN
9
18
27
36
45
54
63
72
81
90
99
108
8
17
26
35
44
53
62
71
80
89
98
107
7
16
25
34
43
52
61
70
79
88
97
106
6
15
24
33
42
51
60
69
78
87
96
105
NS
5
14
23
32
41
50
59
68
77
86
95
104
PLU
–
RF
CANCEL
SUBTOTAL
CA
AMT
TEND
TE-8000F
RECEIPT
FEED
JOURNAL
FEED
RC
PD
ESC/
SKIP
RECEIPT
OPEN
NO
↑
PAGE
UP
MENU
–
←
HOME
→
RF
%–
YES
↓
PAGE
DOWN
#
C
X
VOID
CANCEL
7
8
9
CR
CHK/
TEND
4
13
22
31
40
49
58
67
76
85
94
103
4
5
6
NEW/OLD
CHK
NB
3
12
21
30
39
48
57
66
75
84
93
102
1
2
3
SUBTOTAL
2
11
20
29
38
47
56
65
74
83
92
101
0
00
•
CA
1
10
19
28
37
46
55
64
73
82
91
100
AMT
TEND
TE-8500F
RECEIPT JOURNAL
FEED FEED
25
34
43
52
61
70
79
88
97
106
8
16
24
33
42
51
60
69
78
87
96
105
7
15
23
32
41
50
59
68
77
86
95
104
6
14
22
31
40
49
58
67
76
85
94
103
5
13
21
30
39
48
57
66
75
84
93
4
12
20
29
38
47
56
65
74
83
3
11
19
28
37
46
55
64
73
2
10
18
27
36
45
54
63
1
9
17
26
35
44
53
62
RECEIPT MENU
RC
PD
ESC/
SKIP
TABLE
COVERS TRANS
NO
↑
PAGE
UP
%–
—
←
HOME
→
RF
OPEN
YES
↓
PAGE
DOWN
102
C
X
101
7
8
9
CR
92
CHK/
TEND
100
5
6
NB
91
4
NEW/OLD
82
81
90
99
1
2
3
SUBTOTAL
72
80
89
98
0
00
•
CA
71
#
VOID CANCEL
CHK
NS
AMT
TEND
R-12
www.cashregisters.net
1-3-2.
Hard key code of keyboard
TE-7000S
090
091
092
093
094
095
096
097
098
099
RECEIPT
FEED
JOURNAL
FEED
077
010
070
068
066
060
054
048
042
036
030
024
018
087
082
076
071
069
067
065
059
053
047
041
035
029
023
017
086
081
075
007
008
009
064
058
052
046
040
034
028
022
016
085
080
074
004
005
006
063
057
051
045
039
033
027
021
015
084
079
073
001
002
003
062
056
050
044
038
032
026
014
020
083
078
072
000
011
012
061
055
049
043
037
031
025
013
019
TE-8000F
RECEIPT
FEED
042
JOURNAL
FEED
039
035
034
030
029
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
021
051
060
069
078
087
096
105
114
123
132
141
150
050
059
068
077
086
095
104
113
122
131
140
149
049
058
067
076
085
094
103
112
121
130
139
148
020
041
038
033
028
019
040
037
032
027
018
048
057
066
075
084
093
102
111
120
129
138
147
010
036
031
026
017
047
056
065
074
083
092
101
110
119
128
137
146
007
008
009
025
016
046
055
064
073
082
091
100
109
118
127
136
145
004
005
006
024
015
045
054
063
072
081
090
099
108
117
126
135
144
044
053
062
071
080
089
098
107
116
125
134
143
001
002
003
014
023
043
052
061
070
079
088
097
106
115
124
133
142
000
011
012
013
022
TE-7000S/8000F/8500F Reference Manual
R-13
www.cashregisters.net
Hardware Configuration
TE-8500F
RECEIPT JOURNAL
FEED FEED
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
067
076
085
094
103
112
121
130
139
148
042
038
033
028
021
050
058
066
075
084
093
102
111
120
129
138
147
041
037
032
027
020
049
057
065
074
083
092
101
110
119
128
137
146
040
036
031
026
019
048
056
064
073
082
091
100
109
118
127
136
145
039
035
030
025
018
047
055
063
072
081
090
099
108
117
126
135
144
010
034
029
024
017
046
054
062
071
080
089
098
107
116
125
134
143
007
008
009
023
016
045
053
061
070
079
088
097
106
115
124
133
142
004
005
006
022
015
044
052
060
069
078
087
096
105
114
123
132
141
001
002
003
014
043
051
059
068
077
086
095
104
113
122
131
140
000
011
012
013
1-4.
Display
1-4-1.
Main display contrast knob
light
dark
R-14
www.cashregisters.net
1-4-2.
Main display contents
Mode
Clerk
Date
Time
REG C01
01-01-01 12:34
001234
1 Spagetti
•20.00 T1¨
1 Spagetti
•20.00 T1
7.5%
%-1.75 T1
1 Coffee
•8.00
1 Hamburger
•2.00 T1
15%
%-0.30 T1
1 Milk
•2.00
2 Apple Juice
•5.00
1 Coffee
•8.00 ´
Spagetti
§∞∏©ª 12
Status Icons
Items sold
• Communication: §
• Menu sheet No.: ∞ ~ ∑
• 2nd unit price: ∏
or shift PLU level: 2 ~ 8
• Master/BM error: ¶
• Cut off Master or BM: ß
1-4-3.
•20.00
•76.50
Consecutive number
Scroll area
Current transaction amount/change
Total amount
• Receipt on: ©
• Character shift:
Capital/double size: ª
Capital/standard size: π
Small/double size: º
Small/standard size: ∫
Customer display (Popup display)
1"34%67(90
TOTAL CHANGE
1-4-4.
Customer display (Remote display: option)
Alphanumeric display (20 digits, 8 × 5 dot, 2 lines)
SIRLOIN STEAK
2
•20.50
Repeat counter
TE-7000S/8000F/8500F Reference Manual
R-15
www.cashregisters.net
Hardware Configuration
1-5.
Cash drawer
In case of connecting drawer, follow the procedure below.
Connect the drawer.
1. Connect drawer connector (three color lead on drawer) to the terminal.
2. Connect frame drawer connector (green lead on drawer) to the terminal.
Mount the cash register.
1. Screw in 2 fixing screws bottom side of the terminal.
2. Stick rubber plate on the each corner of the bottom side of the terminal.
3. Mount the terminal on the top of the drawer, ensuring that the feet on the bottom of the
terminal go into the holes on the drawer.
2
2
1
1
2
2
1-6.
Security locks
1-6-1.
1-6-2.
1-6-3.
Security locks provided are printer cover key, cash drawer lock key and Dallas key
(option).
Normally, the mode switch is included in security locks, but in this model, the modes are
controlled by mode selection keys (such as “REG MODE”, “X/Z MODE”, etc.).
Drawer lock key
This key is used to lock the cash drawer.
Printer cover key
This key is used to lock the printer cover.
Dallas key (option: Dallas key and receiver)
The Dallas key receiver can be located on the front side of the terminal. The Dallas keys
(for 6 clerks) are used to enable the register instead of the clerk sign on operation.
R-16
www.cashregisters.net
1-7.
Input/output connectors
Power switch
Main power switch is located in the power switch cover.
Power switch cover
Input /output connectors
Inline connector, COM port, and drawer cable are located in the backside connector cover.
Terminator (for Inline-2)
Inline-2 (CAT5)
Power cord
Inline-1 (CASIO original)
COM4
COM1
COM2
COM3
TE-7000S/8000F/8500F Reference Manual
Drawer cable
R-17
www.cashregisters.net
Hardware Configuration
1-8.
Optional peripherals
The following optional peripherals can be used by plugging them into the appropriate port.
1) Personal computer / MODEM: RS-232C COM 1 port
2) Scanner: RS-232C COM 2 port
Hand-held scanner (HHS-15)
3) Remote display: RS-232C COM 3 port
QT-2163D
4) Remote printer (UP-350, UP-250) or Slip printer (SP-1300): RS-232C COM 2 ~ 4 port
The remote printer is used for reports/kitchen orders/receipts.
If you use one remote printer, connect it to COM 4 port.
If you use two remote printers, connect remote printer 1 to COM 4 port and remote
printer 2 to COM 2 or 3 port. (Connecting remote printer to COM 2 port requires I/O
parameter programming. Refer to page 65 of the programming manual.)
The slip printer is used for validations, detailed slips, endorsements and check prints.
If you do not connect HHS-15 to COM 2 port, connect SP-1300 to COM 2 port.
(Connecting slip printer to COM 3 or 4 port requires I/O parameter programming. Refer
to page 65 of the programming manual.)
6) Inline: Inline port
You can use either CASIO original cable (same as QT-2100) or CAT5 UTP cable.
7) Drawer: drawer port
R-18
www.cashregisters.net
1-9.
System configuration
This section represents the system configuration of the TE-7000S series. The TE-7000S
series have three different system configurations, such as shared check tracking / floating
clerk interrupt system, Inline collection / consolidation system and Online collection /
consolidation system.
Before detail explanation, we should define the words:
1) Check master:
Check master is the master server of shared check tracking system and floating clerk
interrupt system. This terminal has check index and detail files and controls them.
2) Check backup master:
Check backup master is the backup server of shared check tracking system and floating
clerk interrupt system. This terminal also has check index and detail files and update
them at the same timing of master.
When the check master goes down, the backup master plays the role of check master.
3) Check self master:
Check self master has its check tracking system files and clerk interrupt files for itself.
4) Satellite:
The terminal which is not assigned to 1) ~ 3) above.
5) Remote printer:
Remote printer prints data sent from both its own terminal and other terminal of the
system.
6) Local printer (except its own receipt / journal printer):
Local printer prints data sent from its own terminal.
1-9-1. Shared check tracking system/floating clerk interrupt system
System Recommendation
Up to 8 remote printers
Order
Order
Order
Order
PRN (1) PRN (2)
~
~
PRN (1) PRN (2)
TE7000S series
TE7000S series
TE7000S series
CHK/BM
TE7000S series
CHK/M
Slip
Up to 8 TE-7000series terminals
TE-7000S/8000F/8500F Reference Manual
R-19
www.cashregisters.net
Hardware Configuration
Up to 6 remote printers
Order
Order
Order
PRN (1) PRN (2)
TE7000S series
Order
Order
PRN (1) PRN (2)
Order
Order
PRN (1) PRN (2)
TE7000S series
CHK/BM
Up to 4 remote printers
TE7000S series
CHK/M
Order
PRN (1) PRN (2)
TE7000S series
3 terminals/system
Order
PRN (1) PRN (2)
TE7000S series
CHK/M
CHK/BM
Slip
Order
Slip
2 terminals/system
Available peripherals versus ECR definition
✓: Available
ECR definition
Remote
printer
Check master
Check backup master
Self master
Satellite
✔
✔
✔
✔
Peripherals
Local
Slip
PC/
printer printer MODEM
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
Available combinations ECR definition
✓: Available
ECR definition
Check master
Check backup master
Self master
Terminal w/ remote printer
Check
master
Check
backup
master
Self
master
Terminal
w/ remote
printer
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
Note:
1) Please follow the system recommendation above. Otherwise the system performance
may be slow down.
R-20
www.cashregisters.net
1-9-2. Inline collection/consolidation system
• Inline collection/consolidation and auto-programming for up to 32 terminals.
Note: Maximum 2 remote printers in the 1 terminal system, 4 remote printers / 2 terminal system,
6 remote printers / 3 terminal system, 8 remote printers in the 4 ~ 32 terminal can be defined.
PC
Direct connection
In-line
TE7000S series-1
TE7000S series-2
TE7000S series-3
TE7000S series-32
1-9-3. Online collection / consolidation system
• Online collection / consolidation and auto-programming for up to 32 terminals.
Note: Maximum 2 remote printers in the 1 terminal system, 4 remote printers / 2 terminal system,
6 remote printers / 3 terminal system, 8 remote printers in the 4 ~ 32 terminal can be defined.
PC
on-line
In-line
TE7000S series-1
TE7000S series-2
TE-7000S/8000F/8500F Reference Manual
TE7000S series-3
TE7000S series-32
R-21
www.cashregisters.net
Hardware Configuration
R-22
www.cashregisters.net
2.
Application systems ............................................................................ R-25
2-1. General description of application system ....................................... R-25
2-1-1.
2-1-2.
2-1-3.
2-1-4.
2-1-5.
2-1-6.
2-1-7.
File concept................................................................................................... R-25
Linkage of totalizers ...................................................................................... R-26
Function keys ................................................................................................ R-27
Keyboard layout ............................................................................................ R-27
Mode control ................................................................................................. R-28
Operation prompt and error messages ......................................................... R-28
Printing control system.................................................................................. R-28
2-2. General description of individual function keys ............................... R-31
2-2-1.
2-2-2.
2-2-3.
System keys.................................................................................................. R-31
Finalize keys ................................................................................................. R-32
Transaction keys ........................................................................................... R-33
2-3. Remote printer control ........................................................................ R-44
2-3-1.
2-3-2.
2-3-3.
2-3-4.
Remote printer system configuration ............................................................ R-44
Remote printer control setting ....................................................................... R-45
Remote printer output control ....................................................................... R-46
Remote printer backup processes ................................................................ R-46
2-4. Check tracking system ........................................................................ R-49
2-4-1.
2-4-2.
2-4-3.
Shared check tracking system ...................................................................... R-49
Shared check tracking requirement .............................................................. R-50
Data backup when the master goes down .................................................... R-50
2-5. Other check tracking system control ................................................. R-51
2-5-1.
2-5-2.
2-5-3.
The timing to clear check detail and index file after finalization .................... R-51
Table transfer ................................................................................................ R-51
Store and Recall ........................................................................................... R-51
2-6. Clerk control function ......................................................................... R-53
2-6-1.
2-6-2.
2-6-3.
2-6-4.
Clerk interrupt ............................................................................................... R-53
Clerk detail memory ...................................................................................... R-54
Clerk training ................................................................................................. R-54
Manager mode control .................................................................................. R-54
2-7. Arrangement key function and scheduler ......................................... R-56
2-7-1.
2-7-2.
2-7-3.
Arrangement key function ............................................................................. R-56
Arrangement program example .................................................................... R-60
Scheduled execution of arrangement key function ....................................... R-60
2-8. Making graphic logo ............................................................................ R-61
2-8-1.
2-8-2.
About graphic logo ........................................................................................ R-61
Making graphic logo procedure..................................................................... R-61
2-9. Hourly item ........................................................................................... R-62
2-9-1.
Programming necessary files before using hourly item function................... R-62
2-10. Time and attendance ........................................................................... R-63
2-10-1.
2-10-2.
2-10-3.
Corresponding relations of the file ................................................................ R-64
Clock-in operation ......................................................................................... R-66
Clock-out operation ....................................................................................... R-69
TE-7000S/8000F/8500F Reference Manual
R-23
www.cashregisters.net
Application System
2-11. Sign on control .................................................................................... R-71
2-11-1.
2-11-2.
2-11-3.
2-11-4.
Sign on .......................................................................................................... R-71
Solution to abnormality of master terminal.................................................... R-72
Solution to abnormality of satellite terminal .................................................. R-72
Sign on compulsory ...................................................................................... R-72
2-12. IDC (Item Data Capture) ...................................................................... R-73
2-12-1.
2-12-2.
2-12-3.
2-12-4.
2-12-5.
2-12-6.
Available capturing items .............................................................................. R-73
Set up the IDC start / end ............................................................................. R-76
How to memorize the captured items ........................................................... R-77
IDC data file structure ................................................................................... R-78
IDC data type ................................................................................................ R-82
Transferring IDC ........................................................................................... R-83
2-13. Electronic journal ................................................................................ R-84
2-13-1.
2-13-2.
2-13-3.
2-13-4.
Storing electronic journal .............................................................................. R-84
Issuing electronic journal report .................................................................... R-84
Displaying electronic journal and producing guest receipts after sales ........ R-84
Transferring electronic journal memory ........................................................ R-84
R-24
www.cashregisters.net
2.
Application systems
This section describes the configuration of application system and their related setting with
the TE-7000S series. Reading this section provides a general understanding of the overall
system of the terminal.
2-1. General description of application system
2-1-1. File concept
Programming data for each function, as well as registration data, are assigned and handled
in the RAM of the terminal in data blocks called files. Each files identified by a 3-digit file
number consists of multiple records.
Memory management on a file basis allows flexibility memory allocation in accordance
with the application of a specific terminal. The number of records per file can be
programmed, and a file can even be programmed for zero records.
There are three types of files:
– Terminal files:
Terminal files include system work files, daily total files, periodic total 1, periodic total
2 files, buffer files, and program files. Periodic total files have only totalizer field, and
totalize the same data which is accumulated to terminal files at the same time. The
periodic total 1 files have 100 order file numbers, and the periodic total 2 files have 200
order file numbers.
These files can be reset individually and separately from the terminal files. This
provides access to weekly and monthly total data. The periodic total 1 files and 2 files
have the same functions, and can accumulate data with different periods. The same
number of records as the corresponding terminal file must be reserved for each periodic
total files.
– Consolidation files:
Consolidation files are work files for consolidation of daily total, periodic 1 total and
periodic 2 total data from each terminal, and have 300, 400 and 500 order file numbers,
respectively. The same number of records as the corresponding terminal files must be
reserved for each file, on the master terminal.
– Consolidation work files:
Consolidation work files are work files for collection/consolidation of daily, periodic
1/2 data from each terminal. The files have 600 order file numbers.
The file number of records as the corresponding terminal file must be reserved for each
consolidation file.
Each file requires an internal work area, so calculation of actual file size can be performed
using the following formula:
Record length × Number of records + Work area = Actual file size
The table on the page 17 ~ 19 of the programming manual shows all the files available for
the terminal. See the Appendix A-3 of this manual for detail formats of individual files.
TE-7000S/8000F/8500F Reference Manual
R-25
www.cashregisters.net
Application System
2-1-2. Linkage of totalizers
Registered data is accumulated to totalizers which are reserved for each functions.
The TE-7000S series has the following types of totalizers:
1) Fixed totalizers
Registration data is accumulated for individual terminals.
2) Function key totalizers
Data input by finalize or transaction keys is accumulated in totalizers for each key.
Operation types, as well as data used in operation differ depending on the key.
3) Subdepartment totalizers
Registration data is accumulated in totalizers for each subdepartment.
4) Department totalizers
Registration data is accumulated in totalizers for each department.
5) Group totalizers
Registration data is accumulated in totalizers for each group.
6) PLU totalizers
Registration data is accumulated in totalizers for each PLU.
7) Clerk totalizers
Registration data is accumulated for each relevant clerk. A clerk detail totalizer can be
linked to a fix totalizer, finalize key, transaction key, or item totalizer (department /
PLU / subdepartment / group), and accumulate data registered for the destination
totalizer of each relevant clerk.
8) Other totalizer
Functions for hourly sales, monthly sales void reason, table analysis, time attendance
and hourly item also have totalizers.
Registration data flow
Registration
Calculation
*2
*1
Fixed totalizer
Function key
totalizer
*1
*2
PLU file
*1
Subdept. file
*1
Dept. file
Group file
Clerk detail file
Other file
Linking between PLUs, subdepartments, departments and groups can be programmed
to meet the needs of the retail environment.
PLUs can be programmed to link with subdepartments, departments or group, while
subdepartment can be programmed to link with department or group, and department
can be programmed to link with group.
When a PLU is programmed to link with a department, data registered for the PLU is
also accumulated to the department. In addition, when the department is programmed
to link with a group, data registered for the PLU is simultaneously reflected the
department totalizer and group totalizer.
When data is registered to a totalizer which is preset in the clerk detail link table, the
data is also accumulated to the clerk detail totalizer reserved for each relevant clerk.
R-26
www.cashregisters.net
2-1-3. Function keys
The keys on the keyboard can be assigned various functions that are used for registration
as required for the terminal. For convenience sake, these functions are called by function
keys.
There are two types of function keys:
1) System keys
Numeric keys, clear key, home position key, left / right / up / down arrow keys, yes key,
no key, mode selection keys, ESC/SKIP key, page up / down key are system keys.
2) Function keys
These function keys are used for finalize a transaction, to specify the functions for a
registration or to specify the meaning of a entry. These function keys have programmable functions, which are set to the transaction key / department / subdepartment /
PLU file.
Function keys include finalize key, transaction key, department key, subdepartment
key and flat PLU key.
The list of all function keys is shown in the chapter A-1 of this manual. General descriptions
of individual function keys are found in the chapter 2-2.
2-1-4. Keyboard layout
Normally, the keyboard is assigned functions which are required for registration of
transactions. The keyboard is also used for character input when entering descriptors or
names during programming.
The TE-7000S series automatically switches the keyboard to its character input function
when it determines that character input is required for the operation sequence you are
performing. This means that you can input characters without having to worry about
manually changing the keyboard input mode.
The function key (except system keys) allocation is fully programmable to meet the
specific needs of each terminal. The actual programming of key layouts can be performed
in the PGM4 mode, and programmed data is written onto the key table (file 074).
The allocation can also be programmed when programming each function file for
programming function keys such as finalize keys, transaction keys, department keys,
subdepartment keys, and flat PLU keys.
Standard function key layout
Refer to the page 25 ~26 of the programming manual.
Character key layout
Refer to the page 144 of the programming manual.
TE-7000S/8000F/8500F Reference Manual
R-27
www.cashregisters.net
Application System
2-1-5. Mode control
With the TE-7000S series, each clerk can be programmed to enable or disable operations
in the following modes:
– REF mode
– REG– mode
– REG mode
– X/Z mode
– Program 1 ~ 6 mode
– Manager mode
– Inline X/Z mode
– Inline auto program
– CF backup / restore mode
Also, each clerk can be programmed to enable or disable operations of every function key.
Though the terminal has no actual REG 2 mode, on the page 54 in the Clerk Control
function chapter of this manual, the manager control procedure is described.
Arrangement execution mode programmed in the arrangement key ignores the mode
control program by the clerk.
Please note that if a clerk want to operate an arrangement, he / she should allow to operate
arrangement function.
2-1-6. Operation prompt and error messages
The TE-7000S series displays messages to indicate the status of the terminal being
operated or programmed. These messages help to determine the status of the terminal or
the required subsequent action.
2-1-6-1. Operation prompt
Refer to the page 201 of this manual for details. These messages cannot be added, modified
or deleted.
2-1-6-2. Error messages
Refer to the page 198 ~ 200 of this manual for details. Error messages are displayed to
indicate that an error has occurred and a compulsory operation must be performed. All error
messages cannot be added, modified or deleted.
2-1-7. Printing control system
The following describes the control system for printing of receipts, the journal, validation,
slips and X/Z reports.
2-1-7-1. Receipt/journal print control during normal registration
Normally, the receipt and journal are printed to reflect the details of a registration as it is
performed, with the receipt being issued with the finalize operation. By using the
<RECEIPT ON/OFF> key, the receipt issuance status can be turned off to suspend printing
and issuance of receipts when so desired. Pressing the <RECEIPT ON/OFF> key twice
turns the receipt issuance status on or off, and when the receipt issuance status is On, the
icon “RECEIPT ON” appears. Switching receipt printing OFF does not affect printing of
the journal.
The following programming can be performed for receipt and journal printing:
R-28
www.cashregisters.net
Description
Receipt “Item consolidation”
Receipt “Sort by group, department”
Print consecutive number on the receipt / journal
Print date / time on the receipt / journal
Vertical double character
Set menu detail on guest / slip
Print PLU number
Print finalized total
Print taxable amount
Print taxable status
Print total number of item sold
Print customer number (number of covers)
One line feed after finalization
Time format (24H / 12H)
Program location
PGM3; Machine Control3 in General Feature
PGM3; Machine Control3 in General Feature
PGM3; Machine Control3 in General Feature
PGM3; Machine Control3 in General Feature
PGM3; Machine Control3 in General Feature
PGM3; Print Control in General Feature
PGM3; Print Control in General Feature
PGM3; Print Control in General Feature
PGM3; Print Control in General Feature
PGM3; Print Control in General Feature
PGM3; Print Control in General Feature
PGM3; Print Control in General Feature
PGM3; Print Control in General Feature
PGM3; Print Control in General Feature
2-1-7-2. Validation print control
The TE-7000S series allows use of the slip printer (SP-1300) for validation printing of item
registrations, function registrations and sales totals. To perform validation printing, insert
the validation paper into the slip printer, and then press the <VALIDATION> key
(function code 037).
The following desctription shows the print format for validation performed using the slip
printer.
There are three general types of validation printing:
1) Finalization validation
2) Transaction validation
3) Item validation
Finalization validation is performed following finalization operations with finalize keys.
When a validation is performed following receipt issuance, the sales total is printed, while
partial tendering, the tendered amount for the specified medium is printed.
Transaction validation is valid for the following function keys:
– Received on account, Paid out, finalization of Pick up or Loan, Check cashing, Minus,
Plus, Discount, Premium, Void keys
You can program the allowable number of validation printings or multiple validation
printing status for the above listed keys.
Also some of these keys can be programmed as validation compulsory, this means that
registration is not permitted until the validation of the former registration has been
performed.
Item validation is performed directly following an item registration listed below.
– Departments
– Subdepartments
– PLUs
You can program the multiple validation printing status for above items.
TE-7000S/8000F/8500F Reference Manual
R-29
www.cashregisters.net
Application System
2-1-7-3. Slip print control
Connection of an optional slip printer (SP-1300) to the TE-7000S series makes it possible
to print transaction details on a slip.
To print a slip, insert a slip paper into the printer, and adjust paper position by entering the
number of printed lines and pressing the <SLIP FEED/RELEASE> key (function code
056) or the <SLIP BACK FEED/RELEASE> key (function code 054) and then press the
<SLIP PRINT> key (function code 055). Or it is possible to find the appropriate slip
printing start line automatically.
After printing a slip, the paper is automatically released.
If the paper is not released for some reasons, press <SLIP FEED/RELEASE> or <SLIP
BACK FEED/RELEASE> to release the paper.
Before using slip printer, you should program the maximum lines of slip.
The following two sections are other features to control slip printing format:
2-1-7-4. Endorsement message print control
The TE-7000S series allows printing of endorsement messages on the slip printer (SP1300) for check registrations. To perform endorsement message printing, insert the paper
into the slip printer following finalization using the <CHECK> key or check cashing
transaction using the <CHECK> key, and press the following key:
– Endorsement key (function code 039)
Check key and check cashing key can be programmed for compulsory endorsement print.
The endorsement message contents should be programmed into the endorsement message
file (file 033).
2-1-7-5. Check printing print control
The TE-7000S series allows printing check tendered amount on a check inserted into the
slip printer. To perform check printing, insert the paper into the slip printer following check
finalization using the <CHECK> key or check cashing transaction using the <CHECK>
key, and press the following key:
– Check print key (function code 012)
Check key can be programmed for compulsory check print. The check printing format is
controlled by the check print file (file 041).
2-1-7-6. X/Z report print control
The TE-7000S series can output a report in the read (X) or reset (Z) mode. The following
shows the programming for X/Z print controls:
Description
Items on the fixed totalizer report
Items zero skip
Average spend/item on monthly report
PLU order (memory / random code)
Print / Non print PLU No. on PLU report
Print / Non print Sales ratio
Print / Non print Z counter
Print / Non print Item discount totalizer
Print GT
Program location
PGM3; Report Control1 in General Feature
PGM3; Report Control2 in General Feature
PGM3; Report Control2 in General Feature
PGM3; Report Control2 in General Feature
PGM3; Report Control2 in General Feature
PGM3; Report Control2 in General Feature
PGM3; Report Control2 in General Feature
PGM3; Report Control2 in General Feature
PGM3; Report Control2 in General Feature
R-30
www.cashregisters.net
2-2. General description of individual function keys
This section describes individual function key that can be assigned to the keys on the
keyboard of TE-7000S series.
2-2-1. System keys
The system key consist on a non-programmable function key.
The following system keys are available.
1) Numeric keys (0, 1 ~ 9, 00, 000, decimal point)
These keys are used for inputting numerical data such as PLU codes, amounts, quantities,
etc. These keys must be allocated on the keyboard.
2) Clear key
This key is used for clearing numerical values after they have been input, and after incorrect
function keys have been pressed. This key also can be used to clear errors. This key must
be allocated on the keyboard.
3) Home position key
This key is used for returning cursor to the home position.
4) Left, right, up, down arrow keys
These keys are used for moving the cursor.
5) Yes key
This key is used for consenting the selection and proceeding steps.
6) No key
This key is used for cancelling the selection and proceeding steps.
7) Mode selection keys (REG MODE, X/Z MODE, PGM MODE)
REG MODE key; This key is used for selecting the REG, REF, REG– modes.
X/Z MODE key; This key is used for selecting the X/Z, MGR, Inline X/Z modes (collection
/ consolidation), Auto PGM (program upload / download), CF (CF card).
PGM MODE key: This key is used for selecting modes the PGM1, PGM2, PGM3, PGM4,
PGM5, PGM6 modes.
8) ESC/SKIP key
This key is used for terminating a programming sequence, X/Z sequence, and returning the
former window. This key is also used for terminating a report being issued in PGM, X, and
Z mode.
9) Display on/off key
This key is used for turning on / off the terminal.
10) Page up key
This key is used for turning the window forwards.
11) Page down key
This key is used for turning the window backwards.
TE-7000S/8000F/8500F Reference Manual
R-31
www.cashregisters.net
Application System
2-2-2. Finalize keys
1)
2)
This section covers the general description of each finalize key, with its respective options.
Finalize keys have programmable functions which may be used as required.
Tender key
This key is used for finalizing transactions. Up to four media in drawer totalizers are
reserved in the fixed totalizer file, and cash key is linked to cash in drawer, charge key to
charge in drawer, check key to check in drawer and credit key to credit in drawer.
When this key is pressed, the total amount of the transaction is calculated. Normally, a
receipt is issued and the drawer opens at the same time. The total amount is added to the
appropriate totalizers and counters, with consecutive numbers being increased by one.
When an amount exceeding the sales amount is received, the change is calculated,
displayed and printed on the receipt.
This key can also be used in combination with other finalize keys for partial tender and can
also be used to specify the type of media during loan, pick up or media change operation.
This key has the following programmable functions:
– Key location
– Function code (Cash = 001, Charge = 002, Check = 003, Credit = 004)
– Sixteen character descriptor
– High amount lock out (subtotal / tender)
– Change due to high amount lock out
– Maximum number of validation print
– Compulsory validation status
– Restriction (to 00, 25, 50, 75) on the last two digits for amount tendered (cash only)
– Compulsory batch slip printing
– Compulsory check endorsement (check only)
– Compulsory check print (check only)
– Prohibit entry of a partial payment
– Prohibit the entry of the amount tendered
– Amount tendered compulsory
– Print VAT breakdown
– Check cashing commission (Use an amount / Use a rate)
– Validation amount (Print subtotal amount / Print amount tendered)
– Barcode printing (in check tracking)
New balance key
This key is used for adding the latest registered total amount to the previous balance to
obtain a new balance.
When this key is pressed, the total amount of the transaction is calculated. Normally, a
receipt is issued.
This key has the following programmable functions:
– Key location
– Function code (New balance = 006)
– Sixteen character descriptor
– Maximum number of validation print
– Compulsory validation status
– Compulsory batch slip printing
– Open cash drawer
– Print VAT breakdown
– Service charge (Use an amount / Use a rate)
– Barcode printing (in check tracking)
– Receipt issuance (in check tracking / clerk interrupt)
R-32
www.cashregisters.net
2-2-3. Transaction keys
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
Each of the transaction keys have programmable functions which may be used as required.
Programmable functions that are common to all transaction keys are listed below.
– Key location
– Sixteen character descriptor
The general description of each transaction key, with individual options, is outlined on the
following pages.
Price inquiry key (Function code 008)
This key is used to confirm the price and descriptors of PLU without registering.
Stock inquiry key (Function code 009)
This key is used to confirm the stock quantity and descriptors of PLU without registering.
Text recall key (Function code 010)
This key is used to recall characters. In addition to the common programming, this key has
the following options:
– Allow mode change after pressing this key as first transaction.
– Print / Non print this registration on post receipt / slip / guest receipt.
– Record No. designation of the text recall file.
– Printing color on order printer (black, normal / red, reverse).
– Output order printer selection.
– Start record No. of displaying “TEXT RECALL WINDOW”.
– Display / Print with quantity
– Staydown “TEXT RECALL WINDOW”.
Text print key (Function code 011)
This key is used to print the entered characters. In addition to the common programming,
this key has the following options:
– Print / Non print this registration on post receipt / slip / guest receipt.
– Printing color on order printer (black, normal / red, reverse)
– Output order printer selection.
Check print key (Function code 012)
This key is used to print the check on the slip printer (SP-1300). Pressing this key allows
the selection from the following list to print on a check.
1. Check amount in Arabic numerals (normal size / double size)
2. Date (normal size / double size)
3. Check print message in the check endorsement message file
This item noted above can be arranged into a check print format according to the needs
of the store. Check printing using this key is valid only for the following operation of the
check key. In addition to the common programming, this key has the following option:
– Number of back feed lines before check printing.
Clerk transfer key (Function code 013)
This key is used to transfer opened checks to another clerk.
In addition to the common programming, this key has the following option:
– Assigning clerk number (Use memory number / Use clerk secret number)
Table transfer key (Function code 014)
This key is used to transfer the contents of a check to another check.
In addition to the common programming, this key has the following options:
– Allow to add in checks while table transferring
– Transfer the customer number
– Do not transfer the detail transactions (ST transfer)
– Auto check transfer
– Receipt is issued, even if the receipt switch is OFF
– Print receipt
TE-7000S/8000F/8500F Reference Manual
R-33
www.cashregisters.net
Application System
8)
9)
10)
11)
12)
13)
14)
Tip key (Function code 015)
This key is used to register tips. In addition to the common programming, this key has the
following options:
– High digit lock out
– Multiple validation
Normal receipt key (Function code 016)
This key is used to change the order status from Bon to normal and from single item sales
to normal.
Loan key (Function code 019)
This key inputs the amount of money provided for making change. This operation affects
media totals, rather than sales totals.
Loans are made for all types of money which can be specified by finalize keys. In addition
to the common programming, this key has the following options:
– High amount lock out
– Compulsory validation
– Maximum number of printing validation
Received on account key (Function code 020)
This key is used to register amounts received for purposes other than sales transactions.
This transaction affects media totals, rather than sales totals. In addition to the common
programming, this key has the following options:
– High amount lock out
– Compulsory validation, Maximum number of printing validation
– Allow to enter non-add after registration
Paid out/Euro key (Function code 021)
This key is used to register amounts of paid outs from the terminal. This transaction affects
media totals, rather than sales totals. If the terminal has the file 099 (Euro program file),
this key also works as “Euro” key. Euro key has the following features: (1) Converting the
main currency to the sub currency, when registering a subtotal amount. (2) Specifying sub
currency while entering an amount for payment. In addition to the common programming,
this key has the following options:
– High amount lock out
– Compulsory validation, Maximum number of printing validation
– Allow to enter non-add after registration
Pick up key (Function code 022)
When sales receipts are removed from the drawer or when the amount in-drawer exceeds
the limit value (sentinel function), the manager performs a pick up operation. This key is
used for this function. This operation affects media totals, rather than sales totals.
Pick ups are made for all types of money which can be specified by finalize keys. In
addition to the common programming, this key has the following options:
– High amount lock out
– Compulsory validation
– Maximum number of printing validation
Coupon key (Function code 023)
This key is used for registering coupons. This operation affects the coupon amount in the
coupon totalizers. The registered coupon amounts is not deducted from the department,
PLU or gross totalizers, but from the net totalizers only. (selecting GROSS specification)
In addition to the common programming, this key has the following options:
– Multiple validation
– Taxable status
– Allow credit balance
– Allow key operation after subtotal
– Allow key operation after item registration
– High digit lock out
– Commission status
R-34
www.cashregisters.net
15) Deposit key (Function code 025)
This key is used to register deposits. In addition to the common programming, this key has
the following options:
– Key attribution (Deposit + / Deposit –)
– Multiple validation
– Compulsory validation
– Open cash drawer
– Media definition (Cash / Charge / Check / Credit)
– High amount lock out
16) Minus key (Function code 027)
This key is used to register subtraction. This operation affects the subtraction amount in the
minus key totalizers. The registered amounts is not deducted from the department, PLU or
gross totalizers, but from the net totalizers only. (selecting GROSS specification)
In addition to the common programming, this key has the following options:
– Multiple validation
– Taxable status
– Allow credit balance
– Allow key operation after subtotal
– Allow key operation after item registration
– High digit lock out
– Commission status
17) Discount key (Function code 028)
This key applies a preset % or manual input % to obtain the discount amount for the last
registered item or subtotal. In addition to the common programming, this key has the
following options:
– Discount rate
– Multiple validation
– Taxable status
– Allow manual rate override
– Allow key operation after subtotal
– Allow key operation after selective item subtotal
– Allow key operation after item registration
– Result rounding (Round off / Cut off / Round up)
– Commission status
18) Plus key (Function code 029)
This key is used for registering surcharge. This operation affects the surcharge amount in
the plus key totalizers. The registered amounts is not added to the department, PLU or gross
totalizers, but from the net totalizers only. (selecting GROSS specification)
In addition to the common programming, this key has the following options:
– Multiple validation
– Taxable status
– Allow key operation after subtotal
– Allow key operation after item registration
– High digit lock out
– Commission status
TE-7000S/8000F/8500F Reference Manual
R-35
www.cashregisters.net
Application System
19) Premium key (Function code 030)
This key applies a preset % or manual input % to obtain the premium amount for the last
registered item or subtotal. In addition to the common programming, this key has the
following options:
– Premium rate
– Multiple validation
– Taxable status
– Allow manual rate override
– Allow key operation after subtotal
– Allow key operation after selective item subtotal
– Allow key operation after item registration
– Result rounding (Round off / Cut off / Round up)
– Commission status
20) Refund key (Function code 033)
This key declares next input for a return money.
21) Error correct/Void key (Function code 034)
This key is used to correct the last registered item, discount, premium, partial tendered, etc.
This key also invalidates proceeding data registered for departments subdepartments,
PLUs or set menus only.
In addition to the common programming, this key has the following option:
– Select void reason
– Item delete
22) Coupon 2 key (Function code 036)
This key is used to register coupons. The registered coupon amounts is deducted from the
department, subdepartment, PLU or gross totalizers and the net totalizers.
23) Validation key (Function code 037)
This key validates item or transaction amounts on slips. Validation can be made compulsory
for certain function keys. Multiple validation can be prohibited for certain function keys.
24) Receipt key (Function code 038)
This key issues a receipt for the last transaction (post-finalization receipt) when the original
receipt is not issued. This key also issues a guest receipt. The guest receipt can be
designated by seat number.
In addition to the common programming, this key has the following options:
– Maximum number of post receipts
– Guest receipt format (Print out / Display)
– Print current time on guest receipt
– Reset the finalized check
– Issue post receipt after clerk interrupt / check tracking
– Order printer number of issuing guest receipts
– Line numbers of the guest bottom message
– Printout definition of the <ELECTRONIC JOURNAL DISPLAY> key.
25) Check endorsement key (Function code 039)
This key is used to print a preset check endorsement using the slip printer.
In addition to the common programming, this key has the following option:
– Line number of auto back feed before printing
26) Non add key (Function code 040)
This key prints reference numbers (personal check number, card number etc.) In addition
to the common programming, this key has the following options:
– Allow mode change after non add registration as first transaction
– Order character record number
– Printing color on order printer (black, normal / red, reverse)
– Selection of order printer number (1 ~ 7)
R-36
www.cashregisters.net
27) Non add/No sale key (Function code 041)
This key prints reference numbers (personal check number, card number etc.)
This key also opens the drawer between transaction.
In addition to the common programming, this key has the following options:
– Allow mode change after non add registration as first transaction
– Order character record number
– Printing color on order printer (black, normal/red, reverse)
– Selection of order printer number (1 ~ 7)
28) No sale key (Function code 042)
This key opens the drawer between transaction.
29) Customer number key (Function code 043)
This key registers the number of customers.
In addition to the common programming, this key has the following option:
– Prohibit replacement/Allow replacement/Add enter value
30) Arrangement key (Function code 044)
This key is used to activate an arrangement program programmed in the arrangement
file. Any operation that can be performed from the keyboard, as well as mode, can be
programmed in an arrangement program, and can be performed merely by pressing this
key.
The mode control function of this key can be programmed for all modes.
31) Currency exchange key (Function code 045)
This key converts foreign currency to local currency or vice versa using the exchange rate
preset for the key and displays the result.
This key is used for conversions of a home currency subtotal or merchandise subtotal to
equivalent of another country's currency.
This key is also used for conversion of another country's currency payment to the
equivalent of the home currency.
In addition to the common programming, this key has the following options:
– Amount symbol definition
– Foreign currency totalizer definition
– Result rounding (Round off/Cut off/Round up)
– Monetary mode
– Monetary symbols (decimal, separator)
– Drawer assignment (1 ~ 4)
32) VAT key (Function code 046)
This key is used to print VAT breakdowns.
33) Bill copy key (Function code 047)
This key is used to issue bill copy.
34) PLU key (Function code 048)
This key is used to enter PLU numbers.
35) Price key (Function code 049)
This key is used in the following transactions to enter a unit price.
– Department registration using the department number key
– Subdepartment registration using the subdepartment number key
– Open PLU registration
In case of the department or subdepartment registration mentioned above, the Price key is
pressed after entering the unit price to override a unit price preset to the department or
subdepartment. If the preset price is to be registered as it is, simply press the Price key.
TE-7000S/8000F/8500F Reference Manual
R-37
www.cashregisters.net
Application System
36) Department key (Function code 051)
This key is used to register items for a department.
In addition to the common programming, department key has the following options:
– Single item, Bon, Taxable, Commission, Hash status
– Multiple validation
– Zero unit price, negative price
– H.A.L.O. (High amount lock out), L.D.L. (Low digit limitation)
– Link group etc. (refer to the programming manual)
37) Slip back feed / Release key (Function code 054)
This key is used to back feed slips inserted into the slip printer. This is done by specifying
the number of feed lines. This key is also used to release the slip paper holder if numbers
are not entered.
38) Slip print key (Function code 055)
This key is used to execute a slip batch printing on the slip printer. Pressing this key prints
the sales details. Actual printing is performed following receipt issuance.
In addition to the common programming, this key has the following options:
– Compulsory slip printing (from the beginning of the transaction)
– Print time. (effective under compulsory only)
– Clear finalized check.
– Print Euro total line.
39) Slip feed / Release key (Function code 056)
This key is used to feed slips inserted into the slip printer. This is done by specifying the
number of feed lines. This key is also used to release the slip paper holder if numbers are
not entered.
40) Tax status shift key (Function code 057)
This key activates tax table which is specified by the tax status programmed for this key.
The tax status is programmed for the departments, subdepartments, PLUs, minus, plus,
discount and premium keys. Pressing this key during registration converts taxable item to
non taxable, and non taxable item to taxable. In addition to the common programming, this
key has the following option:
– Tax status
41) Table number key (Function code 058)
This key is used to input table numbers.
42) Tax exempt key (Function code 062)
This key is used to change taxable amounts to nontaxable amounts. This key works adding
on a tax system only. In addition to the common programming, this key has the following
option:
– Tax status
43) Flat PLU key (Function code 063)
This key is used to register items to flat PLU.
In addition to the common programming, flat PLU key has the following options:
– Single item, No. of Bon, taxable, commission, hash status
– Condiment / Preparation status
– Random code, Unit / Minimum stock
– Set menu / Order character / Pulldown group link
– Subdepartment link, department link, group link
etc. (refer to the programming manual)
44) Menu shift key (Function code 064)
This key is used to shift Flat PLU key to the n-th (n = 1 ~ 8) menu.
In addition to the common programming, this key has the following option:
– Menu sheet number to shift
R-38
www.cashregisters.net
45) Shift PLU key (Function code 065)
This key is used to shift a Flat PLU key to the n-th (n = 1 ~ 8) level.
In addition to the common programming, this key has the following option:
– Sheet level number to shift
– Status / Staydown
46) Open key (Function code 067)
This key is used to release the maximum amount limit or low digit limit (programmable)
for an amount which exceeds the limit.
47) Open 2 key (Function code 068)
This key is used to suspend the compulsory specifications listed below.
In addition to the common programming, this key has the following options:
– Release customer number compulsory
– Release table number compulsory
– Release check number compulsory
– Release credit balance (ST < or = 0) error
– Release guest receipt compulsory
– Release validation compulsory
– Release check endorsement compulsory
– Release check print compulsory
– Release slip auto batch print compulsory
– Release slip manual batch print compulsory
– Release <LIST> stay down compulsory
– Release seat number compulsory
– Release tip declaration compulsory
– Release eat-in / takeout compulsory
48) First unit price key (Function code 069)
This key is used to register a specific item at the first unit price.
49) Second unit price key (Function code 070)
This key is used to register a specific item at the second unit price.
50) Clerk number key (Function code 072)
This key is used to assign a clerk’s secret number.
In addition to the common programming, this key has the following options:
– Clerk secret number (Clerk keys for all clerks)
51) Operator read / reset key (Function code 073)
This key is used to issue a clerk’s individual X/Z report.
In addition to the common programming, this key has the following options:
– Issue stand-alone report / Issue consolidation report
– Display report / Print report
52) Tray total key (Function code 074)
This key is used to obtain the sectional subtotal amount.
In addition to the common programming, this key has the following options:
– Accumulate tray total amount to the key totalizer when the <TRAY TOTAL> key
pressed twice. If this option is selected, finalization operation can be done only the tray
total amount is zero.
53) Subtotal key (Function code 075)
This key is used to obtain subtotal amount with add-on tax and previous balance.
In addition to the common programming, this key has the following options:
– Multiple validation
– Include add-on tax
– Print when key is pressed
– Display subtotal in Euro
TE-7000S/8000F/8500F Reference Manual
R-39
www.cashregisters.net
Application System
54) Receipt On / Off key (Function code 076)
This key is used to change the status “Receipt issue” or “No receipt.”
– Receipt off / Receipt and journal off
55) Taxable amount subtotal key (Function code 077)
This key is used to obtain taxable amount subtotal. In addition to the common programming, this key has the following option:
– Tax status
56) Operator number key (Function code 078)
This key is used to enter a clerk number during clerk transfer.
57) Merchandise subtotal key (Function code 080)
This key is used to obtain subtotal excluding the add-on tax amount and the previous
balance.
In addition to the common programming, this key has the following options:
– Multiple validation
– Print when key is pressed.
58) Multiplication key (Function code 082)
This key is used to enter quantities for multiplication. The maximum quantity that can be
registered with this key is 4 integer and 3 decimals. An error occurs if the result exceeds
8 digits, including the minus sign.
In addition to the common programming, this key has the following options:
– Rounding the result
– Entering order (quantity × @ or @ × quantity)
59) Quantity / For key (Function code 083)
This key provides the same functions as the multiplication key. In addition, this key also
has a split pricing function. The function is used to calculate the price per unit for particular
items, which are sold in bulk in order to obtain the total amount for the number of units
purchased.
In addition to the common programming, this key has the following option:
– Rounding the result
60) Square key (Function code 084)
This key provides the same functions as the multiplication key. In addition, this key also
has a square multiplication function.
In addition to the common programming, this key has the following option:
– Rounding the result
61) Selective item subtotal key (Function code 085)
This key is used to obtain the selective item 1 / 2 subtotal amount.
In addition to the common programming, this key has the following option:
– Selective item status 1 / 2
62) Cube key (Function code 090)
This key provides the same functions as the multiplication key. In addition, this key also
has a cube multiplication function.
In addition to the common programming, this key has the following option:
– Rounding the result
63) New check key (Function code 091)
This key is used in a check tracking system to input a new check number in order to open
a new check under that number.
In addition to the common programming, this key has the following option:
– Enable auto check assignment
R-40
www.cashregisters.net
64) Old check key (Function code 092)
This key is used in a check tracking system to input the number of an existing check
(previously created by the New check key) whose details are stored in the check tracking
memory. Existing checks are reopened to perform further registration or to finalize them.
In addition to the common programming, this key has the following option:
– Enable to open the finalized check
65) New / Old check key (Function code 093)
This key is used in a check tracking system to input check numbers in order to open new
checks and to reopen existing checks. When the clerk inputs a check number, the terminal
checks to see if that number already exists in the check tracking memory. If there is no
matching number in the memory, a new check is opened under the input number. If the
check number input matches a number already stored in the memory, that check is
reopened for further registration or finalization.
In addition to the common programming, this key has the following option:
– Enable auto check assignment
66) Add check key (Function code 094)
This key is used in a check tracking system to combine the details of more than one check
into a single check.
67) Separate check key (Function code 095)
This key is used in a check tracking system to separate selected items or to separate by seat
number from one check to another check.
68) OBR (Optical Barcode Reader) key (Function code 103)
This key is used to enter scanning PLU code manually.
69) Clock-in/out key (Function code 108)
This key is used to register the time when employees start/finish their job.
In addition to the common programming, this key has the following options:
– The purpose of users
– Print when the key is pressed
70) Break-in / out key (Function code 109)
This key is used to register the starting / finishing time when employees have a recess.
In addition to the common programming, this key has the following options:
– The purpose of users
71) Substitution key (Function code 111)
Replaces group PLU with a PLU not preset in the pulldown menu.
72) Ketten Bon key (Function code 113)
This key is used to enter quantities for multiplication. Multiplication by this key issues
singular order prints.
In addition to the common programming, this key has the following options:
– Result rounding
– Entering order (quantity × @ or @ × quantity)
73) House Bon key (Function code 114)
This key is used to register items for in-store use.
74) Post entry key (Function code 115)
This key is used to indicate the reserved item of set menu and register it as a fixed item later
on.
– Enter post entry
Press this key while the window is opened, the key descriptor appears on the screen and
it is registered as a reserved item.
– Fix post entry
After finishing the set menu registration, move the cursor on to the reserved item, press
this key again, then the appropriate window will be opened to fix it.
TE-7000S/8000F/8500F Reference Manual
R-41
www.cashregisters.net
Application System
75) Round repeat key (Function code 116)
This key is used to register the same items which were ordered just before.
In addition to the common programming, this key has the following options:
– Perform new balance after round repeat
– Include plus/minus, premium / discount result to round repeat amount
76) Open check key (Function code 117)
This key is used to issue an open check report of an assigned clerk.
In addition to the common programming, this key has the following option:
– Print / Display open check
77) Media change key (Function code 118)
This key is used to change media in drawer amounts. Pressing this key enters media change
operation.
78) Seat number key (Function code 119)
This key is used to enter and print seat number.
79) Eat-in key (Function code 128)
This key is used to specify if the customer eats in the restaurant. Before closing a
transaction, press this key.
In addition to the common programming, this key has the following options:
– Exempt tax status
– Print when the key is pressed.
80) Takeout key (Function code 129)
This key is used to specify if the customer takes out items. Before closing a transaction,
press this key for the tax exemption.
In addition to the common programming, this key has the following options:
– Exempt tax status
– Print when the key is pressed.
81) Store key (Function code 130)
This key is used for storing the check number of the registered items. Allocate this key to
the terminal at the drive-through entrance. When this key is pressed, registered item data
will be stored, and then these data will transfer to the youngest check number.
In addition to the common programming, this key has the following options:
– Print VAT breakdown.
– Print receipt.
82) Recall key (Function code 131)
This key is used for recalling the transferred check number by the store key. When you
press this key, the check number will appear in order of the oldest record.
In addition to the common programming, recall key has the following options:
– Enable to open the pre-closed check
83) Subdepartment key (Function code 133)
This key is used to register items for the subdepartment.
In addition to the common programming, subdepartment key has the following options:
– Single item, taxable, commission, hash status
– Multiple validation
– Zero unit price, negative price
– H.A.L.O. (High amount lock out), L.D.L (Low digit limitation)
– Link department, link group etc. (refer to the programming manual)
84) Subdepartment number key (Function code 134)
This key is used to enter subdepartment numbers.
85) Department number key (Function code 135)
This key is used to enter department numbers.
R-42
www.cashregisters.net
86) List key (Function code 136)
This key is used to display menu lists.
In addition to the common programming, this key has the following option:
– Record No. of the pull-down group (4 kinds)
87) List number key (Function code 137)
This key is used to designate list number.
88) Dutch account key (Function code 140)
This key is used to share the total payment by customer.
In addition to the common programming, this key has the following options:
– Maximum customer numbers for one Dutch account
89) Reverse display key (Function code 206)
This key is used for changing the LCD as a black line on white ground/white line on black
ground.
90) Electronic journal display key (Function code 207)
This key is used to display the stored journal.
91) Display mode key (Function code 219)
This key is used to change display modes (normal mode/item consolidation mode).
92) Cancel key (Function code 236)
Invalidates all preceding data registered for departments, PLUs and set menus within a
transaction. This key must be pressed before the transaction involving the data to be
invalidated is finalized. It is also effective even after calculation of subtotal amount.
In addition to the common programming, this key has the following options:
– Cancellation range
– Correct set menu / pulldown link while it is registered.
TE-7000S/8000F/8500F Reference Manual
R-43
www.cashregisters.net
Application System
2-3. Remote printer control
Up to eight printers for printing kitchen orders etc.
2-3-1. Remote printer system configuration
Please refer to page 19 for the system configuration.
Up to 8 remote printers
Order
Order
Order
PRN (1) PRN (2)
~
~
PRN (1) PRN (2)
Order
TE7000S series
TE7000S series
TE7000S series
CHK/BM
TE7000S series
CHK/M
Slip
Up to 8 TE-7000series terminals
The printing processing of the remote printer is performed as shown in the figure below.
1
TE-7000S
series
TE-7000S
series
2
TE-7000S
series
Print
buffer
Remote
Printer
3
1 A transaction is made at a terminal.
2 The terminal sends printing data to the terminal with remote printer.
3 The terminal with remote printer sends data to the remote printer.
R-44
www.cashregisters.net
2-3-2. Remote printer control setting
Remote printer settings:
After changing the DIP switch configuration, remote printer initialization (power on by
pressing the <LF> key) is necessary.
UP-350
Transmision speed
SW No.
2
ON
Function
1
Busy condition
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Reserved
OFF
Prints "?"
4k bytes
DTR/DSR
8 bits
No
Odd
See transmission
speed setting
ON
OFF
Buffer full
Buffer full
or Offline
Fixed
Print density
Reserved
Reserved
I/F 6 pin reset signal
I/F 25 pin reset signal
DSW2
Function
Data reception error
Ignored
Receive buffer capacity 45 bytes
Handshaking
XON/XOFF
Data word length
7 bits
Parity check
Yes
Parity selection
Even
DSW1
SW No.
1
2
3
1 4
5
6
7
8
UP-350 Bottom view
Transmission
speed setting
See density setting
bps
2400
4800
9600
19200
Fixed
Enabled
Enabled
Fixed
Disabled
Disabled
Density setting
SW No.
7
8
ON ON
OFF ON
ON OFF
OFF OFF
Light
Dark
SW No.
3
4
ON ON
OFF OFF
ON OFF
OFF ON
UP-250
Dip switch is located at the bottom of the printer.
SW No.
1
2
3
4
1
5
6
7
8
Function
ON
OFF
Data reception error
Ignored
Receive buffer capacity 40 bytes
Handshaking
XON/XOFF
Data word length
7 bits
Parity check
Yes
Parity selection
Even
Baud rate
4800 bps
Prints "?"
1k byte
DTR/DSR
Busy condition
Buffer full
or Offline
Buffer full
8 bits
No
Odd
9600 bps
SW No.
1
2
2
3
4
Function
No. of digits
(7x9 font / 9x9 font)
Internal use
#6 pin reset signal
#25 pin reset signal
ON
OFF
42 / 35
digits
40 / 33
digits
Enabled
Enabled
Disabled
Disabled
Select this option.
Memory allocation of files required when remote printers are connected
• Registration buffer (file 036)
• Printer buffer (file 035)
(Reallocate these files, if the file sizes are not enough.)
Other setting
• General machine features
TE-7000S/8000F/8500F Reference Manual
R-45
www.cashregisters.net
Application System
2-3-3. Remote printer output control
The following print items are controlled by programming.
• 0 to 9 line feed above and below printing (only for “order”)
• Dashed line print control (only for “order”)
• Paper auto cut (only for “order”)
• Data communication speed
• Backup remote printer specification
• Print color (normal / reverse or black / red) control: included in the item programming
(only for “order”)
• Output remote logical order number: included in the item programming
(only for “order”)
• Remote printer output in training mode (only for “order”)
• Item amount printing (only for “order”)
• Alert when remote printer is down
2-3-4. Remote printer backup processes
Remote printer error or terminal with remote printer error
In case of the backup printer is assigned, when the terminal which sends printing data to
remote printer detects the remote printer or the terminal with remote printer abnormality,
the remote printer cross backup (see the next section) is made. In case of no backup printer
is assigned or the backup printer is also downed, the data will be able to print on the internal
receipt / journal printer.
Remote printer cross backup
When there is more than one remote printer in the system, a setting can be made to enable
remote printer cross backup.
Cross backup (example):
Remote printer 1 backup → Remote printer 2
Remote printer 2 backup → Remote printer 1
or
Remote printer 1 with terminal 1 backup → Remote printer 2 with terminal 2
Remote printer 2 with terminal 2 backup → Internal printer with terminal 3
Note that remote printer backup extends a single level only. If remote printer 1 goes down
in the above example, remote printer 2 performs backup printing. If remote printer 2 now
goes down, internal printer does not take over backup printing.
R-46
www.cashregisters.net
Remote printer print sample
1)
Order printing (Normal receipt printing with amount)
*Soft
Drinks*
— Order character
Check No.123456
MC #01
— Check number / Machine ID
15-12-2003 12:34
001230 — Mode / Clerk / Date / Time / Consecutive No.
REG C01
1 Lemon Tea
2 Coffee
•1.00
•2.00
— Order with amount
---------------------------------------- — Cut or print dot line
2)
Order printing (Single bon/double bon)
*Soft
Drinks*
— Single Bon
MC #01
CHECK NO.123456
15-12-2003 12:34
001234
REG C01
1
Lemon
Tea
---------------------------------------- — Cut or print dot line
*Soft Drinks*
— Double Bon
CHECK No.123456
MC #01
REG C01
15-12-2003 12:34
001234
2
Coffee
---------------------------------------*STUB*
— Double Bon message
*Soft
Drinks*
— Order character
CHECK No.123456
MC #01
— Check number/Machine ID
REG C01
15-12-2003 12:34
001234 — Mode / Clerk / Date / Time / Consecutive No.
2
Coffee
----------------------------------------
3)
Order printing (Normal receipt printing without amount)
*Soft
Drinks*
CHECK No.123456
MC #01
15-12-2003 12:34
001256
REG C01
1
2
2
Lemon Tea
Coffee
Coffee
----------------------------------------
TE-7000S/8000F/8500F Reference Manual
R-47
www.cashregisters.net
Application System
4)
Order printing (Set menu/preparation/condiment)
CHECK No.123456
MC #01
REG C01
15-12-2003 12:34
001267
2
2
2
Steak Set
Medium
Salad
— Set menu
— Detail item
1
1
1
1
Pizza
Soft
Cheese
Tomato
— Main item
— Preparation
— Condiment
1
Pizza
#123456
Soft
#000001
Cheese
#000002
Tomato
#000003
— Main item
— Main item PLU No.
— Preparation (with quantity / PLU No.)
1
1
1
— Condiment (with quantity / PLU No.)
R-48
www.cashregisters.net
2-4. Check tracking system
2-4-1. Shared check tracking system
Up to 8 terminals can be included in the cluster and check tracking can be performed for
multiple terminals connected to inline. This means that any terminal can be used to recall
a temporary closed check of one’s cluster for additional registration or finalization.
System configuration (1 cluster system)
Up to 8 remote printers
Order
Order
Order
Order
PRN (1) PRN (2)
~
~
PRN (1) PRN (2)
TE7000S series
TE7000S series
TE7000S series
TE7000S series
CHK/BM
CHK/M
Slip
Up to 8 TE-7000series terminals
System configuration (multi cluster system)
Up to 8 remote printers/system (in all cluster)
Order
Order
TE7000S series
CHK/BM
Order
~
~
PRN (1) PRN (2)
~
~
PRN (1) PRN (2)
TE7000S series
CHK/M
Slip
Up to 8 TE-7000S series terminals/cluster
~
~
Order
TE7000S series
CHK/BM
TE7000S series
CHK/M
Slip
Up to 8 TE-7000S series terminals/cluster
Up to 32 TE-7000S series terminals/system (all cluster total)
TE-7000S/8000F/8500F Reference Manual
R-49
www.cashregisters.net
Application System
1
4
Satellite
Backup
master
Master
Check
tracking
Check
tracking
2 5
3
Shared check tracking processing in one cluster is performed as shown in the figure shown
above.
1 A shared check operation (such as “new check” or “old check” etc.) is made at a
terminal.
2 The terminal sends the check number to the check tracking master and the backup
master. The master and backup master turn on the busy status.
3 The master sends back the check data (if the check number exists) or opens a new check
number.
4 A shared check transaction is finalized (by “new balance” or other finalize key).
5 The terminal sends the check data to the master and the backup master. And the master/
backup master clears the busy status of the check number.
2-4-2. Shared check tracking requirement
The following definition of memory allocation is required in each terminal before you can
perform shared check tracking.
• Number of check tracking tables:
For satellite, minimum one, for master, more than the number of estimated open checks
should be defined.*
*
In case of using the next block **, one more check tracking table is consumed.
• Number of items/tables (per one item block **):
This is not the maximum number of items or functions but the number ordinarily
registered items or functions per one table. If the number of items or functions exceeds
this value during registration, the next block is used automatically for the following
transactions.
**
Number of item blocks:
Ordinarily, the registration requires one item blocks—but in a party for example—more
items are registered per one table. So it is necessary to define how many item blocks can
be used.
The maximum number of items or functions per one check is defined by the formula:
= (Number of items / tables) × (Number of item blocks (1 ~ 10))
When memory near end and memory end happens during registration, an error occurs.
See section A-5. Error messages of this manual.
2-4-3. Data backup when the master goes down
When the system has the backup master for the check tracking system, registered check
tracking data are stored both master and backup master automatically.
As soon as the system detects master down, the backup master roles as master for the check
tracking system.
(It is necessary to switch to backup master manually. See the “System down & Recovery”
chapter on page 9 of the installation & down recovery manual.)
When the system has no backup master for the check tracking system or both master and
backup master become down, no more check tracking operation and clerk interrupt
operation can be made.
R-50
www.cashregisters.net
2-5. Other check tracking system control
2-5-1. The timing to clear check detail and index file after finalization
There are two timings to clear detail and index files.
1. The check is cleared after printing finalized data on slip or guest check receipt, or the
check is also cleared when the new or old check operation is made on the terminal
finalized the transaction.
2. The check is cleared after printing finalized data on slip or guest check receipt, or the
check is also cleared when the same finalized check number is assigned in new check
operation.
This option is set on the page 52 of the programming manual.
2-5-2. Table transfer
This function is used for transferring the contents of a check to another check.
The detail data can be excluded from the transferring check by programming (ST transfer).
There are two cases depends on the status of the transferring check.
1. If the transfer check is not used.
The entered check number is written.
2. The check number is already used.
Add the contents to the existing contents.
This option is set on the page 123 of the programming manual.
2-5-3. Store and Recall
These functions are used for the driving through purchase.
The check number used in store operation is defined by check No. range programming.
2-5-3-1 Store
This function is used for storing the check No. of the registered items. The Detail / Index
at the drive-through entrance record the registered items and store it’s check No., and then
print out the temporary receipt. A customer receives this temporary receipt, and drives up
to the exit with this to receive the ordered item. The stored data transfer to the check
tracking master/backup master.
2-5-3-1 Recall
This function is used for recalling the transferred check No. to total the sum. The terminal
at the drive-through exit recalls transferring check No. in order of the oldest record. A
customer can receive the ordered items, and pay for them.
TE-7000S/8000F/8500F Reference Manual
R-51
www.cashregisters.net
Application System
Exit
Entrance
Temporary receipt
Receipt
TE7000S series
TE7000S series
Order receipt
R/J
PRN (1)
Store
KITCHEN
Recall
Hamburger
French Fries
Hot Coffee
Press the <STORE> key → CHK No.100
Cheese Burger
Orange Juice
Press the <STORE> key → CHK No.101
Press the <RECALL> key → CHK No.100
Hamburger
French Fries
Hot Coffee
Press the <RECALL> key → CHK No.101
Cheese Burger
Orange Juice
1. Without entering new check No., register items. After all ordered item have been
registered, press the <STORE> key at the entrance to summarize the registered items.
The check No. is issued automatically. The contents of these check No. transfer to the
check tracking master / backup Master.
2. Press the <RECALL> key to recall the check at the exit.
Important
• A four-digit check No. should be used.
• When Open Check Z (All) report is printed out, the check No. range will be reset. After
this operation, the next check No. by using Store function will be the range start.
• This function works with the option “Clearing CHK/TBL No. by using the same number
again” to “Check number” only. (Refer to page 52 of the programming manual)
R-52
www.cashregisters.net
2-6. Clerk control function
2-6-1. Clerk interrupt
The terminal can be programmed to allow the clerk interrupt function, which makes it
possible for multiple clerk to simultaneously use the same register. If a clerk starts
registration of a transaction, another can be interrupt the original registration and begin a
new one. The original clerk can later resume the interrupted original registration. You can
use the clerk interrupt function with the check tracking function.
Clerk 1
Clerk 2
Clerk 3
Registration
Sign on clerk 2 (clerk 1 registration put on hold)
Registration
Sign on clerk 3 (clerk 2 registration put on hold)
Registration
Sign on clerk 1.
Displays subtotal amount without add-on tax for clerk 1.
Registration
Finalization
Sign on clerk 2.
Displays subtotal amount without add-on tax for clerk 2.
Registration
Finalization
Registration
Finalization
Sign on clerk 3.
Displays subtotal amount without add-on tax for clerk 3.
Sign on clerk 1
Guest
receipt issuance
Sign on clerk 2
Guest
receipt issuance
Sign on clerk 3
Guest
receipt issuance
Notes
1) Error correct operation
The error correct operation cannot be performed for registrations made before a clerk
change. The error correct operation should be performed before clerk change.
2) Guest receipt
A guest receipt can be issued following clerk change, and receipts can be issued
separately for each clerk.
3) Cancel operation
The cancel operation can affect the entire transaction (multiple receipts: complete
cancellation) or only the same transaction (one receipt) by programming the <CANCAL>
key.
TE-7000S/8000F/8500F Reference Manual
R-53
www.cashregisters.net
Application System
2-6-2. Clerk detail memory
The terminal can summerize any daily / periodic total memory (such as fixed totalizer,
department, PLU, etc.) clerk by clerk.
After initialization, clerks have 10 detail memories which are assigned to gross, net, and
4 media in drawers. If you want to set more detail memories to clerks, allocate clerk detail
memory and detail link memory at the same time.
Clerk detail memory: File 011 / 111 / 211 / 311 / 411 / 511 / 611
Clerk detail link: File 030
2-6-3. Clerk training
Clerk training can be performed when employing new clerks or retraining clerks.
Training is normally performed during working hours, and the TE-7000S series has the
following training functions.
1) It is not necessary to remove one terminal from the system for training purpose during
working hours.
2) Programming options, etc., are controlled exactly the same way as a working clerk.
3) Receipts are different from those normally used. The training receipts are filled with
training filler (“*” default.)
4) Only the REG/REF/REG– mode can be used for training.
2-6-4. Manager mode control
There is no actual REG 2 mode on the terminal, but you can control some functions (you
want) under manager control.
Preparation for this function:
1) Set “NO” to any functions you want to disable for CLERKS in the Allowed function 1
~ 5 list in the clerk programming. (See page 87 ~ 91 of the programming manual.)
2) Set the type of operator to “Manager” for the manager. (See page 82 of the programming
manual.)
Operation for this function:
REG
1
1
1
C01
PLU0001
PLU0002
PLU0003
10-10-01 12:34
000001
•10.00
•20.00
•30.00
Operator mistake
3
REG
1
1
1
C01
PLU0001
PLU0002
PLU0003
•60.00
10-10-01 12:34
1. When the transaction is prohibited, the terminal displays
error message and the clerk calls the manager.
000001
•10.00
•20.00
•30.00
Operator Code
3
---•60.00
2. The manager enters “2” and press the <REG MODE> key.
R-54
www.cashregisters.net
REG
1
1
1
C01
PLU0001
PLU0002
PLU0003
10-10-01 12:34
000001
•10.00
•20.00
•30.00
REG2 Mode
3
REG C01
1 PLU0001
1 PLU0002
10-10-01 12:34
PLU0003
2
REG C01
1 PLU0001
1 PLU0002
0.00
•60.00
000001
•10.00
•20.00
-30.00
•30.00
10-10-01 12:34
3. The manager enters his/her secret code and press the <YES>
key. After this operation, the prohibited transaction can be
registered.
4. Perform manager operation (in this example; void operation).
000001
•10.00
•20.00
REG Mode
2
0.00
•30.00
5. Pressing the <REG MODE> key is required, when the
manager returns his/her office.
TE-7000S/8000F/8500F Reference Manual
R-55
www.cashregisters.net
Application System
2-7. Arrangement key function and scheduler
The arrangement key function provides a macro command function for the TE-7000S
series system. Any operation that can be performed using the keyboard of the TE-7000S
series can be programmed to the arrangement file (file 038 ~ 438). Any operation
programmed to the arrangement file can be performed by pressing the arrangement key
(function code 044).
Multi operations can be programmed into one arrangement program, and also entry of a
numeric parameter can be included anywhere in the arrangement program.
For example, when an arrangement program is programmed for executing fixed totalizer
Z consolidation for all terminal and the program is linked to an arrangement key, that
operation can be executed simply by pressing the arrangement key.
The scheduler function is provided for scheduled execution of arrangement key operation.
Execution of every specified time, as well as scheduled execution, can be performed using
this function.
The scheduler file (file 062) must be reserved to use the scheduler function.
2-7-1. Arrangement key function
1)
The arrangement file and arrangement keys must be reserved for the TE-7000S series to
use the arrangement key function.
The arrangement file is used to store the arrangement programs. An arrangement file
record is 24 bytes long, and a maximum of 9999 records can be reserved. Arrangement
programs are programmed using character data, and multiple arrangement programs can
be programmed in the arrangement file.
Multiple arrangement keys can be preset on the keyboard, and each key can be linked to
an arrangement program. The linked arrangement program is then called and executed by
pressing the arrangement key.
The following table shows the command parameters of the arrangement key function that
can be interpreted and executed by the TE-7000S series.
Command parameters can only be separated by spaces.
Note that spaces cannot be included within the command parameter.
Details of command parameters and their functions are explained next.
Number input
There are two methods to enter a number in an arrangement program.
– Constant number input
Preset a fixed number (constant value) enclosed in parentheses in the arrangement
program.
Example: To enter “1234” → preset (1234)
– Input of a single number when the arrangement program is executed.
A single number can be entered using the arrangement key. The number entered can be
used at any position and any time in the arrangement program.
Generally, an input number is temporarily stored in the work area (number entry buffer)
reserved for data processing, and is cleared after the processing is performed. With the
arrangement key function, a parameter save buffer is provided for saving the contents
of the number entry buffer. When a “%GET” command is encountered in an
arrangement program during processing, the data in the number entry buffer is saved
to the parameter save buffer. Set “%PUT” command to use the data saved in the
parameter buffer. The “%PUT” command can be used to load the data saved in the
parameter save buffer into the numeric entry buffer. These commands may be included
as often as necessary. The data in the parameter save buffer is changed only when a
“%GET” command is processed.
R-56
www.cashregisters.net
Note:
• Set a “%GET” command, first, to use the number entered by the arrangement key later.
• When the “%GET” is programmed following constant number input, the constant
number is saved to the parameter save buffer.
• Numbers input using a “%PUT” command or by “([number])” are entered to the
number entry buffer in the same way as numbers input using the 10-key pad.
2)
Key function specification
Any function key can be specified for an arrangement key function. :
[function code]:[record number] → Used for ordinary function keys
The numbers can be specified for zero suppression.
Note:
The arrangement key itself, cannot be programmed for in an arrangement program.
3)
Mode setting
Any mode key can be specified for an arrangement key function. :
[function code]:[mode definition]→ Used for mode keys
Note:
121:01
121:02
121:03
122:01
122:02
122:03
122:04
122:05
123:01
123:02
123:03
123:04
123:05
123:06
4)
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
REG mode
REF mode
REG– mode
X/Z mode:
MGR mode:
Collection/Consolidation mode:
Auto-program mode:
CF card:
PGM1 mode:
PGM2 mode:
PGM3 mode:
PGM4 mode:
PGM5 mode:
PGM6 mode:
Display control
There are four commands for controlling the display:
DON1
DOFF1
ON1
OFF1
:
:
:
:
Switch the LCD on.
Switch the LCD off.
Update the LCD.
Not update the LCD.
TE-7000S/8000F/8500F Reference Manual
R-57
www.cashregisters.net
Application System
5)
R/J print control
There are two commands for controlling the R/J printer:
PON
POFF
6)
: Power the R/J switch on.
: Power the R/J switch off.
Controlling the flow of arrangement command execution
There are 24 commands for controlling the flow of arrangement command execution:
:Snnnn
: This is a start mark of an arrangement. “nnnn” (4-digits code) are used for
arrangement table number set to each arrangement key.
:[label]
: Preset the label (name of specific position) to specify the jump destination
point in the arrangement file. The actual data for labels can be freely
designated.
Example: To specify “LABEL-1” as label → :LABEL-1
G:[label]
: This is an absolute jump command. If the system encounters this command,
command execution flow unconditionally jumps and continues from the
point preset by the label.
I > ([number]):[label]
: This is a conditional jump command. If the system
encounters this commands, the value in the number
entry buffer is compared with the specific number. If the
value in the buffer is larger than the specified number,
the command execution flow jumps and continues from
the point preset by the label. If the condition is not match
with the above-mentioned condition, the step advances
to the next command.
I < ([number]):[label]
: This is a conditional jump command. If the value in the
number entry buffer is less than the specified number,
the command execution flow jumps to the point preset
by the label. If the condition is not match with the abovementioned condition, the step advances to the next
command.
I – ([number]):[label]
: This is a conditional jump command. If the system
encounters this command, the value in the numeric
entry buffer is compared with the specific number. If the
value in the buffer is equal to the specific number, the
command execution flow jumps and continues from the
point preset by the label. If the condition is not match
with the above-mentioned condition, the step advances
the next command.
KNO1
: This is a command to enter the <#-1> key.
KNO2
: This is a command to enter the <#-2> key.
NE
: This is a command to wait for numeric entry. After entering numerics,
press the <ARRANGEMENT> key to continue the arrangement
program.
R-58
www.cashregisters.net
B:nn
: This is a command to sound buzzer for nn (nn = 01 ~ 99) seconds.
?
: Force to execute the arrangement even if an error occurred during the
arrangement.
ANO
AYES
: Disable clerk auto signoff.
: Enable clerk auto signoff.
CFFMT
: Format CF card.
CFSVnnn’mmmm’ : Backup to CF card (nnn: command code, mmmm: file name).
CFLDnnn’mmmm’ : Restore from CF card (nnn: command code, mmmm: file name).
JCL
JCLA
: Clear electronic journal older half data
: Clear all electronic journal data
CLPn
CLSn
: Set the default @ menu sheet number to “n” (n = 0 ~ 2) and “stay down
@ menu sheet assignment” of all clerk.
: Set the default menu sheet number to “n” (n = 0 ~ 8) and “stay down
menu sheet assignment” of all clerk.
: Set the default shift PLU level number to “n” (n = 0 ~ 8).
211:
212:
213:
: Press the “ESC” key.
: Press the “YES” key.
: Press the “NO” key.
CLMn
TE-7000S/8000F/8500F Reference Manual
R-59
www.cashregisters.net
Application System
7)
End of the arrangement programs
The end command “E” must be included at the end (exit) point of an arrangement program.
2-7-2. Arrangement program example
This section shows examples of arrangement programs.
The following example shows an arrangement program that executes X consolidation of
the file set in the batch 1 ~ 9 files for all terminals.
Example:
Programming the following operation for the arrangement table 12
– Set the mode to Inline X/Z.
– Enter operation code “1111100000000”.
– Wait for the numeric entries (batch number).
– Enter the <#-2> key.
– Enter the <ESC> key.
:S0012
; Designate the table number (mandatory)
122:03
; Set the mode to Inline X/Z.
NE
; Wait for the batch number
I<(0):ERR1
; If the input number is less than 1, the process jumps to the ERR1.
I>(9):ERR1
; If the input number is larger than 10, the process jumps to the ERR1.
%GET
; Save the entered number to the parameter save area.
202:0031
; Press “Clear” button.
(1111100000000) ; Input the operation code for system command
%PUT
; Pick up the entered number from the parameter save area.
KNO2
; Specify the <#-2> key for entering the operation code.
211:0045
; Specify the <ESC> key to execute this operation.
:ERR1
; When the input number is not 1 to 9, the following commands are
processed.
E
; End the program (mandatory).
2-7-3. Scheduled execution of arrangement key function
An arrangement key function can be executed on a scheduled basis. In order to execute an
arrangement key function on a scheduled basis, it is necessary to make appropriate settings
in the scheduler file (file 062).
There are two functions for execution on a scheduled basis:
1) Execute an arrangement key function at the specified time.
2) Interval execution of an arrangement key function by setting start time, ending time,
and the interval.
See the page 104 of the programming manual for programming details.
R-60
www.cashregisters.net
2-8. Making graphic logo
A graphic logo can be printed on internal receipt or UP-350 receipt. This graphic logo is
stored in the graphic logo file (file 067 for internal receipt / journal printer, file 047 for UP350), and printed at the top of the receipt instead of a normal logo message.
This graphic logo data cannot be made by the terminal program, it can be made only by PC
and downloaded from PC.
2-8-1. About graphic logo
Graphic logo size:
432 × 168 pixels (for internal R/J)
432 × 104 or 432 × 208 pixels (for UP-350)
Printing sample:
***************************
*TE-7000/8000 TERMINAL
*
*
GRAPHIC LOGO AREA *
***************************
**COMMERCIAL
**COMMERCIAL
**COMMERCIAL
**COMMERCIAL
MESSAGE
MESSAGE
MESSAGE
MESSAGE
LINE
LINE
LINE
LINE
1**
2**
3**
4**
2-8-2. Making graphic logo procedure
Before following this procedure please allocate “Graphic logo” file (file 067 or file 047) on the terminal.
1. Making a bit-map image file (432 × 168 pixels; 1-bit color for internal receipt) /
(432 × 104 or 432 × 208 pixels; 1-bit color for UP-350).
2. Convert this bit-map file to the internal file by executing “CV-10.”
PC sends the converted data to the terminal via online automatically.
3. Select “Print Graphic” option in the message control of the general feature in the PGM
3 mode.
4. Turn off and on the terminal by the <DISP ON/OFF> button. (only for UP-350)
TE-7000S/8000F/8500F Reference Manual * Revised:V1.0.2
R-61
www.cashregisters.net
Application System
2-9. Hourly item
This function enables to memorize the detailed data of quantity and amount / price of each
item dealt hourly.
It is possible to calculate the proceeds and record the hourly item in any totalizer, and also
it is possible to print out as an hourly item report.
2-9-1. Programming necessary files before using hourly item function.
Hourly item function requires the following files to function properly, so they must be
programmed before using it. See the programming manual for the details on format of
individual files.
– Time zone file
This file is used to specify the time zone for the detail items individually. You can enter
the starting time and the ending time of the time zone, moreover specify the cycle time that
indicates an unit of the appropriate intervals.
– Hourly item link file
This file is used to record the Hourly item which links with the appropriate time zone. You
can also specify the particular totalizer for each time zone.
– Hourly item
This file is used to store the contents of the quantity and amount of each registered item.
The following seven files enable to link the data for hourly item link file: fixed totalizer,
function, subdepartment, PLU, department, group, void reason.
Hourly item report example
08:00->09:00
Hamburger
2
$2.00
French Fries
3
$1.50
----------------------------$3.50
Time zone file
Start
Time
End
Time
Cycle
Zone 08:00
12:00
01:00
13:00
•
•
•
14:00
•
•
•
00:15
•
•
•
Hourly item link
20 items
09:00->10:00
Cheese Burger
2
$3.00
Hot Coffee
2
$0.50
----------------------------$3.50
:
13:00->13:15
Apple Pie
1
$1.00
Hot Milk
1
$1.00
-----------------------------
20 items
REC No.
0001
0011
•
•
•
•
•
0005
0008
•
•
•
•
File No.
004
001
•
•
•
•
•
012
012
•
•
•
•
A maximum of 20 records
corresponds to each time
zone.
R-62
www.cashregisters.net
2-10.
Time and attendance
This function allows shop owners to control his / her employees’ working condition. Time
& attendance require the following files.
– Employee file
This file is used to regulate the labor conditions.
You can program the type of job, the maximum work hours in a week or shift schedule
of a day per employee.
– Job code file
This file is used to classify the types of job. You can program the general work pay and
the overtime pay ratio per job file.
If some employees have a common job, you can divide the job code individually in case
their pay ratio is different.
– Schedule file
This file is used to administrate the employees’ schedule. You can assign a starting and
an ending time, a grace period, break minutes allowed, and the default job code for the
shift. It is possible to record maximum 21 shifts (3 shifts × 7 days) per employee for the
schedule file.
Grace period – this is a period of time in minutes which allows an employee to clock-in /
out before / after their scheduled times. Grace period works in conjunction with the
schedule. If the scheduler is not being utilized then the grace period inputs indicated
below become inactive.
Grace period before start time – this input indicates how many minutes an employee may
clock-in before the scheduled clock-in time.
Grace period after start time – this input indicates how many minutes an employee may
clock-in after the scheduled clock-in time.
Grace period after end time – this input indicates how many minutes an employee may
clock-out after the scheduled clock-out time.
Grace period before end time – this input indicates how many minutes an employee may
clock-out before the scheduled clock-out time.
(See “4-1-15. Programming time & attendance” for the programming manual.)
First day
Second day
•
•
•
•
Seventh day
Job
Code
Start
Time
End
Time
Break
Time
Grace Before
Start
Grace After
Start
Shift
1
9:00
12:00
00:15
10
10
5
15
Shift
5
9:00
12:00
00:15
10
10
5
15
Shift
2
9:00
12:00
00:15
10
10
5
15
Shift
3
9:00
12:00
00:15
10
10
5
15
Shift
2
9:00
12:00
00:15
10
10
5
15
Shift
4
9:00
12:00
00:15
10
10
5
15
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Grace Before Grace After
End
End
Each employee can have 3 shifts per day. The schedule file can hold 7 days schedule. So, totally 21 files
can be registered in this file.
TE-7000S/8000F/8500F Reference Manual
R-63
www.cashregisters.net
Application System
– Work time file
This file is used to administrate each employees’ weekly hourly wages, work hours, and
proceeds.
– Time zone file
This file is used to administrate the cycle time. You can specify the length of time zone.
2-10-1. Corresponding relations of the file
Employees’ job assign
This function is used to assign a job to each employee. Before assigning the job, be sure
to program the details of the jobs. Every employee file can link to some job code files
(maximum 4 jobs), so some employees may link to the same job code file. But be sure to
make individual job files if the employees work under different hourly wages.
Job code
Employee 1
Job 1
Employee 2
Job 2
Employee 3
Job 3
Employee 4
Job 4
Job 5
Job 6
R-64
www.cashregisters.net
Employee’s Schedule and total business results per week
Schedule
Employee 1
Employee 1
Monday
Shift 1
Employee 2
Employee 1
Monday
Shift 2
Employee 3
Employee 1
Monday
Shift 3
Employee 4
Employee 1
Employee 1
First week
Monday
Shift 1
Employee 1
First week
Monday
Shift 2
Employee 1
First week
Monday
Shift 3
Employee 1
First week
Tuesday
Shift 1
Employee 1
First week
Sunday
Shift 3
Employee 1
Second week
Monday
Shift 1
Employee 1
Second week
Monday
Shift 2
Employee 1
Second week
Monday
Shift 3
Employee 1
Second week
Sunday
Shift 3
Employee 2
First week
Monday
Shift 1
Employee 2
First week
Monday
Shift 2
Employee 2
First week
Monday
Shift 3
Employee 2
First week
Tuesday
Shift 1
Employee 2
First week
Sunday
Shift 3
Employee 2
Second week
Monday
Shift 1
Employee 2
Second week
Monday
Shift 2
Employee 2
Second week
Monday
Shift 3
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
TE-7000S/8000F/8500F Reference Manual
Tuesday Shift 1
Sunday
Shift 3
Employee 2
Monday
Shift 1
Employee 2
Monday
Shift 2
Monday
Shift 3
Employee 1
Work time
•
•
•
Employee 2
•
•
•
R-65
www.cashregisters.net
Application System
Calculating the total wages of the employees per hour
Time zone
Hourly/Labor
Zone 1 Cycle 1
Totalizer 1
Zone 1 Cycle 2
Totalizer 2
Zone 1 Cycle 3
Totalizer 3
Zone 2 Cycle 1
Totalizer 4
Zone 2 Cycle 2
Totalizer 5
Flow of Time & Attendance operation
The following flow shows the order of time & Attendance function by pressing the
specified keys: It is possible to specify one key as both <CLOCK-IN> and <CLOCKOUT> function, or specify two keys separately. ( Refer to “4-3-7-33 Worksheet for clockin/clock-out” in the programming manual for details.)
→
CLOCK-IN
(
BREAK-IN
→
BREAK-OUT
)
→
CLOCK-OUT
2-10-2. Clock-in operation
This function is used to register the Starting work time.
2-10-2-1. Clock-in operation (1)
Program: Not using the window and impossible to specify job code.
Allow to specify job code = NO, Display job code window = NO
(Refer to the page 72 of the programming manual.)
Operation
REG
10-10-01 11:59 AM 001234
GLENN DEAL
11:59 AM
Clock-in OK?
0.00
1. XXXXXX <CLOCK-IN>
When this message appears, press the <YES> key to register
the start of working hours.
XXXXXX
Employee No.
R-66
www.cashregisters.net
2-10-2-2. Clock-in operation (2)
Program type:
Allow to specify job code = YES, Display job code window = NO
(Refer to the page 72 of the programming manual.)
Operation
REG
10-10-01 11:59 AM 001234
GLENN DEAL
11:59 AM
Clock-in OK?
1. XXXXXX . YY <CLOCK-IN>
When this message appears, press the <YES> key to register
the start of working hours.
Enter the employee No. (within 6 digits), “.”(decimal point),
and the job code (2 digits).
XXXXXX . YY
0.00
Employee No. Job code
2-10-2-3. Clock-in operation (3)
Program type:
Display job code window = YES
Allow to clock-in with non-preset job-code = NO
(Refer to the page 72 of the programming manual.)
Operation
REG
10-10-01 11:59 AM 001234
CLOCK-IN
1.Cashier
2.Cook
3.Dish Washer
4.Cleaning
0.00
1. XXXXXX <CLOCK-IN>
2. Choose the appropriate Job Code from the CLOCK-IN menu,
and press the <YES> key to register the start of working
hours.
→ Job codes that are programmed in Employee file are displayed.
XXXXXX
Employee No.
TE-7000S/8000F/8500F Reference Manual
R-67
www.cashregisters.net
Application System
2-10-2-4. Clock-in operation (4)
Program type: Display job code window = YES
Allow to clock-in with non-preset job code = YES
(Refer to the page 72 of the programming manual.)
Operation
REG
10-10-01 11:59 AM 001234
CLOCK-IN
1.Cashier
2.Cook
3.Dish Washer
4.Cleaning
5.JOB A
6.JOB B
7.JOB C
8.JOB D
0.00
1. XXXXXX <CLOCK-IN>
2. Choose the appropriate Job Code from the CLOCK-IN menu,
and press the <YES> key to register the start of working
hours.
→ All job codes that are programmed in job code file are displayed.
XXXXXX
Employee No.
Receipt sample
REG
C01
Harrison
CLOCK-IN
JOB
12-31-2003 11:59 AM — Header
MC #01
001234
— Employee character (16 digits)
11:59 AM — Special character (REC #29), time
Dish Washier
— Special character (REC #33), job character
If you want to change these special characters, refer to the page 157 of the programming
manual.
R-68
www.cashregisters.net
2-10-3. Clock-out operation
This function is used to register the ending work time.
2-10-3-1. Clock-out operation (1)
Operation
REG
10-10-01 11:59 AM 001234
GLENN DEAL
11:59 AM
Clock-out OK?
0.00
1. XXXXXX <CLOCK-OUT>.
2. When this message appears, press the <YES> key to register
the end of working hours.
2-10-3-2. Clock-out operation (2)
Program: Tip declaration compulsory (refer to the page 71 of the programming manual.)
Operation
REG
10-10-01 11:59 AM 001234
Enter cash tip amount and
press <YES> key.
0.00
1. XXXXXX <CLOCK-OUT>.
2. When this message appears, the employee should enter the
cash tip amount, if not, it is impossible to close the accounts
Receipt sample
REG
C01
12-31-03
MC #01
Harrison
CLOCK-IN
JOB
CLOCK-OUT
WORK TIME
BREAK TIME
CASH TIP
11:59 AM — Header
001234
— Employee character (16 digits)
11:59 AM — Special character (REC #29), time
Dish Washier
— Special character (REC #33), job character
01:59 PM — Special character (REC #30), time
02:45
00:45
$12.34
— Special character (REC #34), working hours
— Special character (REC #35), recess
— Special character (REC #36), cash tip amount
If you want to change these special characters, refer to the page 157 of the programming
manual.
TE-7000S/8000F/8500F Reference Manual
R-69
www.cashregisters.net
Application System
2-10-3-3. Break-in Operation
This function is used for the employees to register a recess.
Operation
REG
10-10-01 11:59 AM 001234
GLENN DEAL
11:59 AM
Break-in OK?
0.00
1. XXXXXX <BREAK-IN>.
2. When this message appears, press the <YES> key to register
the start of a recess.
The receipt is not printed out, except electronic journal.
2-10-3-4. Break-out Operation
This function is used for the employees to register the end of a recess.
Operation
REG
10-10-01 11:59 AM 001234
GLENN DEAL
11:59 AM
Break-out OK?
0.00
1. XXXXXX <BREAK-OUT>.
2. When this message appears, press the <YES> key to register
the end of a recess.
The receipt is not printed out, except electronic journal.
2-10-3-5. Manager Operation
When the manager operate CLOCK-IN after signing on, the manager can operate and
modify any employee’s record despite of corresponding employee number.
Following operations are possible to operate by the manager:
Specify the job code / CLOCK-IN / CLOCK-OUT / BREAK-IN / BREAK-OUT
Operating Flow
Manager sign on
→
CLOCK-IN/OUT operation, BREAK-IN/OUT operation
→
Sign off
R-70
www.cashregisters.net
2-11.
Sign on control
This function is used to ban the sign-on operated by an employee who has not CLOCKIN. The following conditions should be fixed.
• Use only one terminal (master terminal) for the CLOCK-IN/OUT operation. This
terminal should be connected inline to the satellite terminals. But the time and
attendance work file (file 806) should be allocated to all terminals.
• The clerk file’s information should be common among all the terminals.
• Be sure there is a clerk who is specified as “Manager” in the clerk file. If no manager,
it may be locked to operate.
2-11-1. Sign on
1. When an employee normally operate CLOCK-IN/OUT, BREAK-IN/OUT, the
employee’s attendance information is sent from the main terminal to the satellite
terminals.
CLK#1 information
CLK#2 information
CLK#3 information
CLK# information
•
•
CLK#99 information
Flow of sign on
Sign on by
Manager
Sign on OK
He/she is NOT in the
middle of BREAK-IN
Sign on OK
CLOCK-IN
He/she is in the
middle of BREAK-IN
Sign on by
Clerk
CLOCK-IN unfinished
Unable to Sign on
(E175 Error message appears)
Unable to Sign on
(E175 Error message appears)
TE-7000S/8000F/8500F Reference Manual
R-71
www.cashregisters.net
Application System
2-11-2. Solution to abnormality of master terminal
When the satellite terminals cannot receive any information from the master terminal, the
master terminal shows the error message on the window and prints out the receipt with
terminal IDs that failed to communicate the data.
REG
10-10-01 11:59 AM 001234
Harrison
CLOCK-IN
JOB
11:59 AM
Dish Washier
E177 Time&Attendance Data
Communication Error.
Please Call Manager.
0.00
Please sign on.
Receipt image
REG
12-31-2003 11:59 AM — Header
MC #01
001234
Communication Error
MC#01
MC#03
— Fixed message
XXXX — Machine ID, Error code
XXXX — Machine ID, Error code
• The error message and receipt will appear whenever the sign-on is failed. If you cannot
solve the inline data communication problem, program the system connection again,
and remove the uncommunicative terminal.
2-11-3. Solution to abnormality of satellite terminal
• When the satellite terminal cannot receive any information from the master terminal,
the default CLOCK-IN/OUT information remain.
In this case, only manager can sign on.
• When the satellite terminal could receive the CLOCK-IN/OUT information from the
master terminal only once, but failed to receive after then, the CLOCK-IN/OUT
information in each satellite terminal has left in the last received condition. In such case,
the last received information control employees’ sign on/off. (Manager can always sign
on.)
2-11-4. Sign on compulsory
When the satellite terminal cannot receive the information in spite of normal CLOCK-IN
operation on the master terminal, an employee may not sign on for some reason.
In such case, the manager needs the following operation.
1. Sign on by the manager (normal sign on operation.)
2. 99 xxxx <CLK#> (xxxx: the secret code of the corresponding employee, 4-digit.)
3. Sign off by the manager and the corresponding employee can sign on.
Note:
When the error message appeared under the employee’s CLOCK-IN operation, manager
should operate above steps.
R-72
www.cashregisters.net
2-12.
IDC (Item Data Capture)
This function is used for capturing all the registered item data by the REG / REF / REG–
modes. IDC file stores these captured items. If there is no record to capture item data, the
new data are not captured to the IDC file.
2-12-1. Available capturing items
Select the appropriate items that should be captured, and program these items into the IDC
link file. The available items and their contents are indicated below.
Items
Contents
004
PLU
Subdepartment
Department
File No.
• The index of the transaction.
• The report of the items/functions, or all the
detailed statements.
003
005
Function
002
Pulldown group
026
Clerk
• The index of the transaction.
• The report of all the detailed statements.
TE-7000S/8000F/8500F Reference Manual
007
R-73
www.cashregisters.net
Application System
IDC function file
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Function
Code
NOP
CASH
CHARGE
CHECK
CREDIT
NB
PRCINQ
STKINQ
CHAR
PRT
CHKP
CLK TRANS
TBL TRANS
TIP
NRMRCT
LOAN
RC
PD
P.UP
COUPON
DEPOSIT
–
%–
+
%+
RF
VOID
CPN2
VLD
RCT
CK.E
#
#/NS
NS
CT
ARG
CE
VAT
BILL
000
001
002
003
004
006
008
009
010
011
012
013
014
015
016
019
020
021
022
023
025
027
028
029
030
033
034
036
037
038
039
040
041
042
043
044
045
046
047
*12
*11
*11
*10
*1
*1
*3
*1
*11
*4/11
*6
Function
–
O
O
O
O
O
–
–
O
O
–
–
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
–
–
–
O
O
–
–
O
O
–
–
●
●
●
●
Code
PLU#
*7 048 O
PRC
049 –
DEPT01~
051 O
SB/R
054 –
SLIP
055 –
SF/R
056 –
T/S
*1 057 O
TBL#
058 –
EXEMPT
062 O
PLU0001~
063 O
MENU
064 –
SFT PLU
*7 065 O
OPEN
067 –
OPEN2
068 –
*7 069 O
1st@
*7 070 O
2nd@
*5 072 O
CLK#
OPE X/Z
073 –
*13 074 O
TRAY TTL
*8 075 O
SUBTOTAL
RCT ON/OFF
076 –
TAST
077 –
OPE#
078 –
*8 080 O
MDST
*1 082 O
X
*1 083 O
QT
*1 084 O
XX
*2 085 O
SIST
*1 090 O
XXX
NEW CHK
091 –
OLD CHK
092 –
NEW/OLD
093 –
*9 094 –
ADD CHK
*9 095 –
SEP CHK
00
096 –
000
097 –
Decimal point
098 –
CLOCK-IN/OUT
108 –
BREAK-IN/OUT
109 –
Funtion
●
●
●
●
Code
SUBST.
K/KETTEN
HOUSE BON
POST ENTRY
R REPEAT
OPEN CHK
MEDIA CHG
SEAT#
DISP ON/OFF
REG MODE
X/Z MODE
PGM MODE
EAT-IN
TAKE-OUT
STORE
RECALL
SUBDEPT01~
SDPT#
DEPT#
LIST
LIST#
DUTCH
Numerics (0 ~ 9)
CLEAR
REVERSE DSP
EJ DlSP
ESC
YES
NO
←
→
↑
↓
HOME
DISP MODE
PAGE DOWN
PAGE UP
CANCEL
*1
*1
*5
*7
*7
*7
*7
111
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
128
129
130
131
133
134
135
136
137
140
201
202
206
207
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
236
–
O
O
–
–
–
O
–
–
O
–
–
O
O
O
–
O
O
O
O
O
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
O
● : Available items to be programmed as target for IDC.
O : IDC target
– : Out of target
R-74
www.cashregisters.net
*1 This function itself is not captured. But it is captured with the captured items or
functions.
*2 Selective item subtotal is captured with selective item discount or premium.
*3 1. Error correct is not captured.
2. This function itself is not captured. But it is captured with voided items.
3. Void reason is also captured.
*4 No sale is not captured.
*5 These functions (items) are captured in header record.
*6 This function itself is not captured. But the functions that are executed by this
function are captured.
*7 This function is not captured. But item itself might be an IDC target.
*8 When the option (printed when the key is pressed) is selected, it is captured.
*9 Transferred items by the add check and the separate check are not captured.
*10 ST transfer is not captured.
*11 This function is captured only in the sales registration.
*12 This function is captured only in the check tracking registration.
During clerk interrupt operation, this is not captured.
*13 Tray total is captured when it is pressed twice.
TE-7000S/8000F/8500F Reference Manual
R-75
www.cashregisters.net
Application System
2-12-2. Set up the IDC start / end
Specify IDC Start or IDC End in manager mode. IDC does not start if you not allocate
necessary files for IDC.
• When IDC function is stopped, you can restart IDC by performing FC or INIT 2
(Refer to the page 11 of the programming manual.)
Operation
Item Data Capture
Item Data Capture
YES
0.00
Note:
1. If you stop the IDC when the IDC file is full of items, you can stop the error sound
without clearing any registered data.
2. The necessary files for IDC
• File 036 (Registration buffer)
• File 063 (IDC buffer)
• File 057~ 059 (IDC file)
• File 804 (IDC link file)
R-76
www.cashregisters.net
2-12-3. How to memorize the captured items
Flow of the transferring data
1. Program: “Store data = Whole transaction” (refer to the page 75 of the programming
manual.)
Example
PLU 0001———> Memorized all the transaction into the IDC file (1)
PLU 0002———> Memorized into IDC file (2)
PLU 0003———> Memorized into IDC file (2)
IDC Buffer
PLU 0001
PLU 0002
PLU 0003
Total
IDC file (1)
Header
PLU 0001
Header
PLU 0002
Header
PLU 0003
Header
Total
IDC file (2)
Header
PLU 0002
Header
PLU 0003
2. Program: “Store data = Item only” (refer to the page 75 of the programming manual.)
When an appropriate item is selected, this item and the header will be captured (see the
illustration below).
Example
PLU 0001———> Memorized into IDC file (1)
PLU 0002———> Memorized into IDC file (2)
PLU 0003———> Memorized into IDC file (2)
IDC Buffer
PLU 0001
PLU 0002
IDC file (1)
Header
PLU 0001
PLU 0003
Total
IDC file (2)
Header
PLU 0002
Header
PLU 0003
TE-7000S/8000F/8500F Reference Manual
R-77
www.cashregisters.net
Application System
2-12-4. IDC data file structure
Top record (Top record of each IDC file)
0
12
24
Allocated record number
50
Used record number
Header
Mode
D4:
D3: 01 = REG, 02 = REF, 03 = REG–
D2:
D1: 00 = Normal, 01 = Training
41
50
Not Used
Net total
36
Subtotal
with tax
31
Subtotal
without tax
26
Number of
purchsed item
19 21
Time
16
Date
Mode
Check-#
Mc ID
01
11 13
Clerk-#
8
Consecutive
No.
01 2
Clerk-#
D6:
D5: Clerk #; newly created this check
D4:
D3: Clerk #; last opened this check
D2:
D1: Clerk #; opening this check
Item
Item (PLU / Subdepartment / Department)
28 30
Not Used
Amount
50
Pulldown group
rec-#
23
Unit price
18
Quantity
Item status *4
11 13
Void reason
9
Tax status *3
7
Rec-# *1
Type *2
Mc ID
03
5
File-# *1
01 2 3
Function
Cash, Charge, Check, Credit
50
Not Used
29 30
Totaling Type
24
Change
Amount
19
Total Amount
14
Tendering
amount in
local
currency
9
Tendering
amount in
foreign
currency
7
Rec-# *1
CE key
Rec-#
Type
5
File-# *1
Mc ID
03
0 1 2 3
Type
0: Total operation
1: Change operation
2: Partial tender operation
*1 File-#, Rec-#:
These are stored in Hexa-decimal. If the data is “ABCD”, it means “CDAB”.
*2 Type:
It means record type, refer to 2-12-5 IDC data type section of this manual.
*3 Tax status:
Same composition as the item tax status. Refer to 7-2-6 section of the programming manual.
*4 Item status:
b6~: not used, b5: 2nd@registration, b4: house Bon registration,
b3: not used, b2: <REFUND> registration, b1: <VOID> registration
R-78
www.cashregisters.net
New balance
50
Not Used
17
Gross
amount
Gross
quantity
Rec-# *1
12
New balance fee
7
12
50
Not Used
New balance
fee
5
File-# *1
Type *2
Mc ID
03
012 3
7
Rec-# *1
Type *2
5
File-# *1
Mc ID
03
0 1 2 3
Cashing a check
Amount
tendered
29
50
Not Used
24
Change
amount
19
Cashing
a check fee
14
Not Used
7
Rec-# *1
Type *2
5
File-# *1
Mc ID
03
0 1 2 3
Text print, Text recall
7
47
50
Not Used
Rec-# *1
Character
5
File-# *1
Mc ID
03
Type *2
01 2 3
Table transfer
24
50
Not used
18
New
check-#
12
ST
Rec-# *1
7
Original
check-#
5
File-# *1
Mc ID
03
Type *2
0 1 2 3
Tip
50
Not used
12
Amount
7
Rec-# *1
Type *2
5
File-# *1
Mc ID
03
01 2 3
*1 File-#, Rec-#:
These are stored in Hexa-decimal. If the data is “ABCD”, it means “CDAB”.
*2 Type:
It means record type, refer to 2-12-5 IDC data type section of this manual.
*3 Tax status:
Same composition as the item tax status. Refer to 7-2-6 section of the programming manual.
*4 Item status:
b6~: not used, b5: 2nd@registration, b4: house Bon registration,
b3: not used, b2: <REFUND> registration, b1: <VOID> registration
TE-7000S/8000F/8500F Reference Manual
R-79
www.cashregisters.net
Application System
Loan / Pickup
12
50
Amount
Rec-# *1
7
Not used
5
File-# *1
Type *2
Mc ID
03
012 3
Received on account / Paid out / Deposit
12
50
Amount
Rec-# *1
7
Not used
5
File-# *1
Type *2
Mc ID
03
01 2 3
+ / - / Coupon
21
26
50
Price
Not Used
16
No.
Rec-# *1
11
Amount
9
Item status *4
7
Tax status *3
5
File-# *1
Mc ID
03
Type *2
0 1 2 3
%+ / %31
50
Rate
Price
26
Not Used
21
Amount
16
No.
Rec-# *1
11
9
Item status *4
7
Tax status *3
5
File-# *1
Mc ID
03
Type *2
0 12 3
%+ / %- after selective item subtotal
26
31
50
Not Used
21
Discount
amount
Not Used
16
Rate
9
Amount
7
Rec-# *1
Selective item
status-#
5
FIile-# *1
Mc ID
03
Type *2
0 1 2 3
Selective item status-#
1: Selective item 1
2: Selective item 2
# print (# or #/NS)
50
Not used
Figures
12 14
Number
7
Rec-# *1
5
File-# *1
Mc ID
03
Type *2
0 1 2 3
*1 File-#, Rec-#:
These are stored in Hexa-decimal. If the data is “ABCD”, it means “CDAB”.
*2 Type:
It means record type, refer to 2-12-5 IDC data type section of this manual.
*3 Tax status:
Same composition as the item tax status. Refer to 7-2-6 section of the programming manual.
*4 Item status:
b6~: not used, b5: 2nd@registration, b4: house Bon registration,
b3: not used, b2: <REFUND> registration, b1: <VOID> registration
R-80
www.cashregisters.net
Tax exempt
Field name
Tax system
VAT
U.S.
Canada
Singapore
Taxable
amount 1
TA1
TA1
TA1
TA1
Taxable
amount 2
TA2
TA2
TA2
TA1 & 3
Taxable
amount 3
TA3
TA3
TA1 & 2
TA2
Taxable
amount 4
TA4
-TA3
TA 2 & 3
Taxable
amount 5
TA5
-TA1 & 3
TA3
Taxable
amount 6
TA6
-TA4
--
50
Not Used
44
TAxable
amount 7
39
Taxable
amount 6
34
Taxable
amount 5
29
Taxable
amount 4
24
Taxable
amount 3
19
Taxble
amount 1
14
Taxable
amount 2
9
Tax status *3
7
Rec-# *1
Type *2
Mc ID
03
5
File-# *1
0 12 3
Taxable
amount 7
TA7
-TA1 & 4
--
ST / MDST
50
Not Used
24
CE key
rec-#
22
17
Printed
subtotal
amount
Subtotal
amount
12
Subtotal
amount
after CE
7
Rec-# *1
Type *2
Mc ID
03
5
File-# *1
0 1 23
Media change / Tray total
50
Not Used
7
Rec-# *1
Type *2
Mc ID
03
5
File-# *1
0 1 23
Store
50
Not Used
24
Check-#
18
Not Used
12
Subtotal
amount
7
Rec-# *1
Type *2
Mc ID
03
5
File-# *1
0 123
Eat-in / Takeout
12
50
Amount
Not Used
7
Rec-# *1
Type *2
5
File-# *1
MC ID
03
0 1 23
Cancel
50
Not Used
12
Amount
7
Rec-# *1
Type *2
5
File-# *1
MC ID
03
0 1 23
*1 File-#, Rec-#:
These are stored in Hexa-decimal. If the data is “ABCD”, it means “CDAB”.
*2 Type:
It means record type, refer to 2-12-5 IDC data type section of this manual.
*3 Tax status:
Same composition as the item tax status. Refer to 7-2-6 section of the programming manual.
*4 Item status:
b6~: not used, b5: 2nd@registration, b4: house Bon registration,
b3: not used, b2: <REFUND> registration, b1: <VOID> registration
TE-7000S/8000F/8500F Reference Manual
R-81
www.cashregisters.net
Application System
2-12-5. IDC data type
Type of data
Type
DTLTYPE_SDEPT
0A
DTLTYPE_DEPT
0F
DTLTYPE_PLU
14
DTLTYPE_SET_FIX
19
DTLTYPE_SET_SEL
1E
DTLTYPE_COND
23
DTLTYPE_PREP
28
DTLTYPE_ITEM_PLUS
3C
DTLTYPE_ITEM_MINUS
3D
DTLTYPE_ITEM_CPN
3E
DTLTYPE_ITEM_P_PLUS
3F
DTLTYPE_ITEM_P_MINUS
40
DTLTYPE_CASH
47
DTLTYPE_CHARGE
48
DTLTYPE_CHECK
49
DTLTYPE_CREDIT
4A
DTLTYPE_NBCHKTRC
50
DTLTYPE_NBTBLTR
52
DTLTYPE_CANCEL
55
DTLTYPE_TBLTR
56
DTLTYPE_NBFEE
57
DTLTYPE_STORE
58
DTLTYPE_ST_PLUS
64
DTLTYPE_ST_MINUS
65
DTLTYPE_ST_CPN
66
DTLTYPE_ST_P_PLUS
67
DTLTYPE_ST_P_MINUS
68
DTLTYPE_SIST_PERCENT_PLUS
69
DTLTYPE_SIST_PERCENT_MINUS
6A
DTLTYPE_ST
6F
DTLTYPE_MDST
70
DTLTYPE_PLT_CHAR
71
DTLTYPE_SHARP
73
DTLTYPE_TIP
74
DTLTYPE_DEPO
75
DTLTYPE_TXEX
76
DTLTYPE_EATIN
77
DTLTYPE_TAKEOUT
78
DTLTYPE_TRAY_TTL
79
DTLTYPE_RC
96
DTLTYPE_PD
97
DTLTYPE_MEDIA_CHG
98
DTLTYPE_GET_MONEY
99
DTLTYPE_PUT_MONEY
9A
DTLTYPE_LOAN
9B
DTLTYPE_PICKUP
9C
DTLTYPE_FIN_LOANPICKUP
9D
DTLTYPE_AMOUNT_EXCHANGE
9E
DTLTYPE_CASH_IN_CHECK
9F
* Includes the item registered as a child PLU
Capture item
Main item : Subdepartment
Main item : Department
Main item : PLU
Dependent item : Set-menu/child (fixed)
Dependent item : Set-menu/child (option)
Dependent item : Condiment *
Dependent item : Preparation
Dependent item (discount) : item +
Dependent item (discount) : item Dependent item (discount) : item CPN
Dependent item (discount) : item %+
Dependent item (discount) : item %Finalize : Cash
Finalize : Charge
Finalize : Check
Finalize : Credit
NB (check tracking) operation
NB (table transferring) operation
Cancel
Table transfer
NB fee
Store
ST +
ST ST CPN
ST %+
ST %SIST %+
SIST %ST
MDST
PRINT CHAR
# Print
Tip
Deposit
Tax exempt
Eat-in
Takeout
Tray total
RC
PD
Medial change
Media change (get)
Media change (put)
Loan
Pick up
Finalize loan/pick up
Currency exchange
Cashing a check
R-82
www.cashregisters.net
2-12-6. Transferring IDC
It is possible to do collection of IDC files through inline system. Refer to the terminal
structure as below.
PC
online
Inline
Satellite
Satellite
Collection Master
Flow of the transferring IDC
1. PC sends Z-lock command by using job command to collection master.
PC enables to check the Z-lock confirmation.
2. PC sends the consolidation command by using Job command to collect IDC files from
all satellite terminals.
3. Collection master receives the IDC data from each satellite in order.
PC enables to check whether the collection master has finished the job.
4. PC sends the Z-command or X-command to the collection master.
5. PC receives the collection data from consolidation file. If the Z-command has issued
at step 4, consolidation file in the collection master are all reset.
Data transferring flow
IDC data in each terminal totalizer is appended to the consolidation file individually.
Consolidation file (in Collection Master)
Master file
Copy
Data from Master Totalizer
Append
Satellite (1) file
Append
Data from Satellite (1)
Data from Satelite (2)
Satellite (2) file
•
•
•
Notes:
• Just after IDC starts, the total file is cleared to receive new data.
• Just after the receiving is over, the data is remained in the consolidation file. To clear
this data, send the Z-command or the file-clear command to the collection master from
the PC. (Set “No”, to “Reset consolidation total after inline consolidation” in the
programming the communication in the machine feature programming.
• In case of collection Z, all of the IDC files in the satellite terminals are cleared.
TE-7000S/8000F/8500F Reference Manual
R-83
www.cashregisters.net
Application System
2-13.
Electronic journal
Electronic journal is stored in the terminal memory, so it is possible to print journal
(electronic journal report) by date or by consecutive number.
And since the journal data is stored in the memory, you can collect journal data from all
terminals in the system. Also, you can issue receipt and guest receipt from electronic
journal.
2-13-1. Storing electronic journal
The transaction data including programming, report issuing, even flag clearing are always
stored to the electronic journal memory. It cannot be stopped until the journal memory
becomes full. When the memory becomes full, the terminal alerts end error which you can
select to alert or not to alert by programming. Refer to the page 49 of the programming
manual.
Notes:
Even if the electronic journal memory is full, registrations are not disturbed.
2-13-2. Issuing electronic journal report
You can issue electronic journal read or reset report by date or by consecutive number.
Refer to the page 142 of this manual.
2-13-3. Displaying electronic journal and producing guest receipts after sales
Pressing the <EJ DISP> key shows the most recent transactions. You can go to older
transactions by pressing the <PAGE UP> key while newer transactions by the <PAGE
DOWN> key. And also you can move lines in a transaction by the <↑> or <↓> key.
During displaying an transaction, you can issue the post receipt of this transaction by
pressing the <RECEIPT> key. If the guest receipt in the original transaction was issued
you can get the copy of the guest receipt by pressing the <RECEIPT> key.
2-13-4. Transferring electronic journal memory
It is possible to do collection of electronic journal files through inline system.
Refer to the terminal structure illustrated below.
PC
online
Inline
Collection Master
Satellite
Satellite
R-84
www.cashregisters.net
Flow of the transferring electronic journal
1. PC sends the collection command by using Job command to collect electronic journal
file from a satellite terminal.
2. Collection master receives the electronic journal data from a satellite.
PC enables to check whether the collection master has finished the job.
3. PC sends the data send command to the collection master for the collected electronic
journal data.
4. PC receives the collection data from the master. If the Z-command has issued at step
3, electronic journal file in the satellite is all reset.
5. Repeat step 1 ~ 4 for all satellites.
Data transferring flow
Electronic journal data in each terminal is appended to the consolidation file individually.
Copy
Copy
Satellite (1) file
Copy
Satellite (2) file
Consolidation file
(in Collection
Master)
Satellite (1)
PC
Satellite (2)
•
•
•
•
•
•
TE-7000S/8000F/8500F Reference Manual
R-85
www.cashregisters.net
Application System
R-86
www.cashregisters.net
3. Manager operation ................................................................................. R-88
3-1. Machine initialization ............................................................................. R-88
3-1-1.
3-1-2.
3-1-3.
3-1-4.
INIT ............................................................................................................... R-88
Flag clear ...................................................................................................... R-88
INIT 2 ............................................................................................................ R-89
INIT code ...................................................................................................... R-89
3-2. IPL (Initial Program Loading) ................................................................ R-89
3-2-1.
3-2-2.
3-2-3.
IPL................................................................................................................. R-89
System configuration before IPL operation ................................................... R-90
IPL operation ................................................................................................. R-91
3-3. Manager function ................................................................................... R-92
3-3-1.
3-3-2.
3-3-3.
3-3-4.
3-3-5.
3-3-6.
3-3-7.
3-3-8.
3-3-9.
3-3-10.
3-3-11.
3-3-12.
3-3-13.
System connection check ............................................................................. R-92
Remote on .................................................................................................... R-93
Remote off .................................................................................................... R-93
Busy reset ..................................................................................................... R-94
Stock maintenance ....................................................................................... R-95
Drawer for clerk............................................................................................. R-96
CHK# (Clerk interrupt) .................................................................................. R-96
Order ID change ........................................................................................... R-97
Error log print ................................................................................................ R-98
System re-configuration ................................................................................ R-99
Item Data Capture....................................................................................... R-100
Euro change over........................................................................................ R-101
Clerk number .............................................................................................. R-102
3-4. System command execution............................................................... R-103
3-4-1.
3-4-2.
3-4-3.
X/Z reporting ............................................................................................... R-103
X/Z collection / consolidation ...................................................................... R-104
Remote power control ................................................................................. R-105
3-5. Data Communication System ............................................................. R-106
3-5-1.
3-5-2.
3-5-3.
Inline / online connectors ............................................................................ R-106
Hardware interface...................................................................................... R-107
Inline / online functions ............................................................................... R-109
3-6. Collection/Consolidation system ....................................................... R-110
3-6-1.
3-6-2.
3-6-3.
X/Z collection .............................................................................................. R-112
X/Z consolidation ........................................................................................ R-114
X/Z collection/consolidation ........................................................................ R-116
3-7. Auto-programming function ............................................................... R-119
3-7-1.
3-7-2.
Auto programming functions ....................................................................... R-119
Auto program operation and CF card utilities ............................................. R-120
TE-7000S/8000F/8500F Reference Manual
R-87
www.cashregisters.net
Manager Operation
3.
Manager operation
This section describes manager operations (such as machine initialization, IPL, manager
functions etc.) of TE-7000S series.
3-1. Machine initialization
There are three different types of initialization such as INIT, FC, and INIT2.
INIT; Machine initialization, all program and total data are reset.
FC; Flag clear, all program and total data are remained, only the current transaction data
are reset.
INIT2; Machine initialization 2, all program data are remained, only total data are reset.
The procedures of machine initialization are described in the chapter 1 of the programming
manual. The required passwords are listed below.
Operation
Password
nn00020000
**
nn00010000
**
nn00040000
**
nn00050000
**
nn00060000
**
nn00080000
No need
8888888888
**
Init
Flag clear
Init2
Digit meaning
for the U.S.
for other area (default descriptors are initialized in English)
for other area (default descriptors are initialized in German)
for other area (default descriptors are initialized in French)
for other area (default descriptors are initialized in Spanish)
Arabic (default descriptors are initialized in English)
* See the “INIT code” section to notice the detail information of the last four digits.
** nn = Machine ID (omissible)
3-1-1. INIT
Initialization process is as follows:
Start
Input pass word
(see above)
Hardware reset
All RAM reset
Inline ID definition
File creation 1
Initialization operation
Input date/time, ID etc.
File creation 2
Revise terminal
connection table
Receiving program
from other terminal or
CF card
Initialization result
to E-journal
End
3-1-2. Flag clear
Flag clear process is as follows:
Start
Hardware reset
Initialize work area/
buffers/flags
Menu selection
FC/Init2
Initialization result
to E-journal
End
Init 2
R-88
www.cashregisters.net
3-1-3. INIT 2
Initialization 2 process is as follows:
Hardware reset
Initialize work area/
buffers/flags
Start
All totoalizer reset
including E-journal
Menu selection
FC/Init2
End
Flag clear
3-1-4. INIT code
Description
Choice
Significant
number
Logical ID (01~32)-----Omissible
Program code
::
D10 D9
;;;
Always “000”
D8 D7 D6
Area code:
U.S.
Other area (default descriptor in English)
(default descriptor in German)
(default descriptor in French)
(default descriptor in Spanish)
(using Arabic character table)
:2
:1
:4
:5
:6
:8
:
Significant
number
COM 4
Use remote printer-1 : 0
Significant
number
COM3
Use remote printer-2 : 0
Use remote display : 3
COM 2
Use slip printer (SP-1300) : 0
Use hand held scanner (HHS-15) : 1
Significant
number
COM 1
Use XMODEM : 0
Significant
number
D5
:
D4
:
D3
:
Significant
number
D2
:
D1
3-2. IPL (Initial Program Loading)
IPL should be made before initializing when the application software has been modified.
3-2-1. IPL
Initial program loading process is as follows: IPL code = 44449999
Start
ROM check
Baud rate
selection
Communication
port selection
IPL by CF card
Waiting for
IPL
TE-7000S/8000F/8500F Reference Manual
Store the receiving
data to Flash
Continue
to INIT
R-89
www.cashregisters.net
Manager Operation
3-2-2. System configuration before IPL operation
Connect source terminal (cash register terminal/PC) and target terminals or insert the IPL CF
card to the terminal.
IPL source
IPL target
CF card
IPL Data
TE7000S series
CF card slot inside
IPL target
IPL source
IPL Data
COM 1 port
TE7000S series
PC
IPL target
IPL source
IPL Data
TE7000S series
TE7000S series
TE7000S series
Slip
Note:
Load the same model’s data.
(i.e. TE-7000S → TE-7000S, TE-8000F → TE-8000F, TE-8500F → TE-8500F)
R-90
www.cashregisters.net
3-2-3. IPL operation
INITIAL PROGRAM LOAD
COM PORT
MODEM
CF CARD
IN LINE PORT
If you select “CF card”, insert the CF card into the slot before
this step.
1. Select the appropriate method to loading IPL data and press
the <YES> key.
(using COM PORT)
INITIAL PROGRAM LOAD
115200
57600
56000
38400
19200
9600
4800
2400
bps
bps
bps INITIAL PROGRAM LOAD
bps
bps 312 kbps
bps 156 kbps
bps
bps
(using INLINE PORT)
2. If you choose COM port or IN LINE port, select baud rate of
the IPL source device and press the <YES> key.
INITIAL PROGRAM LOAD
START IPL
3. Press the <YES> key to proceed, in case of downloading via
inline, automatic ID definition is made by this timing. So
press the <YES> key terminal by terminal.
Source device activation except from CF card is necessary at
this timing.
In case of selecting via inline, refer to the “Auto-program”
section in this chapter.
Date
Time
ID Character
Check System
Check Cluster ID
R/J/Order Printer1
R/J/Order Printer2
Slip Printer
00-00-00
12:34 00
MC #01
Master
0
UP-350
UP-350
SP-1300
OK?
Yes
0.00
4. After finishing IPL, machine initialization is necessary.
TE-7000S/8000F/8500F Reference Manual
R-91
www.cashregisters.net
Manager Operation
3-3. Manager function
Using the manager function makes it possible to control the terminal conditions. The
contents of the manager function are as follows:
1. System connection check
2. Remote on
3. Remote off
4. Busy reset
5. Stock maintenance
6. Drawer for clerk
7. CHK# (Clerk interrupt)
8. Order ID change
9. Error log print
10. System re-configuration
11. Item Data Capture
12. EURO Change over.
13. Clerk number
3-3-1. System connection check
This command shows the connection status of terminals, and printers.
MGR C01
10-10-01 12:34
000000
Manager Mode
1.System Connection Check
2.Remote On
3.Remote Off
4.Busy Reset
5.Stock Maintenance
6.Drawer for Clerk
7.CHK#(CLK Interrupt)
8.Order ID Change
1. Sign on a clerk (if necessary).
2. Press <X/Z MODE> repeatedly to assign manager mode.
´
0.00
3. Select “1. System Connection Check” and press the <YES>
key.
INLINE
System Connection Check
312Kbps
#01 MC#01
RS-232C Printer
#02 MC#02
RS-232C Printer
#03 MC#03
RS-232C Printer
1 2
Physical ID, Logical ID
RS-232C printer recognition (1: printer (1), 2: printer (2), 4: slip printer
4
1
*
Un recognized RS-232C printer
0.00
4. After checking the system connection, press the <ESC> key
to return the previous menu.
Note:
If there is unrecognized terminal there it shows “*” as below.
example) #04 ************
R-92
www.cashregisters.net
3-3-2. Remote on
This command is used to power on the terminals connected with the same inline.
MGR C01
10-10-01 12:34
Manager Mode
1.System Connection Check
2.Remote On
3.Remote Off
4.Busy Reset
5.Stock Maintenance
6.Drawer for Clerk
7.CHK#(CLK Interrupt)
8.Order ID Change
000000
1. Sign on a clerk (if necessary).
2. Press <X/Z MODE> repeatedly to assign manager mode.
´
0.00
3. Select “2. Remote On” and press the <YES> key.
Remote On
Terminal
All
OK?
YES
0.00
4. Select all terminals or individual terminal, select “YES” to
execute this command.
3-3-3. Remote off
This command is used to power off the terminals connected with the same inline.
MGR C01
10-10-01 12:34
Manager Mode
1.System Connection Check
2.Remote On
3.Remote Off
4.Busy Reset
5.Stock Maintenance
6.Drawer for Clerk
7.CHK#(CLK Interrupt)
8.Order ID Change
000000
1. Sign on a clerk (if necessary).
2. Press <X/Z MODE> repeatedly to assign manager mode.
´
0.00
3. Select “3. Remote Off” and press the <YES> key.
Remote Off
Terminal
OK?
All
YES
0.00
4. Select all terminals or individual terminal, select “YES” to
execute this command.
Note: In case of waking up a terminal manually, enter 9999999999 and press the <YES> key.
TE-7000S/8000F/8500F Reference Manual
R-93
www.cashregisters.net
Manager Operation
3-3-4. Busy reset
This command is used to release the busy flag of the check used by other dead terminal.
Executing this command always releases this flag, so please be careful to perform this
operation.
MGR C01
10-10-01 12:34
Manager Mode
1.System Connection Check
2.Remote On
3.Remote Off
4.Busy Reset
5.Stock Maintenance
6.Drawer for Clerk
7.CHK#(CLK Interrupt)
8.Order ID Change
000000
1. Sign on a clerk (if necessary).
2. Press <X/Z MODE> repeatedly to assign Manager Mode.
´
0.00
3. Select “4. Busy Reset” and press the <YES> key.
Busy Reset
Check No.
12
OK?
YES
0.00
4. Enter the appropriate check number, and then select “YES”
to execute this command.
Busy Reset
Check No.
OK?
12
YES
JOURNAL
Normal End
0.00
Busy Reset
REG
03-04-2003 11:55
C01
MC #01
000036
— Reset index
#009999
15CT
CHECK No.1234
•100.00
R-94
www.cashregisters.net
3-3-5. Stock maintenance
This command is used to update PLU stock quantities brought by purchasing or inventory
processing.
MGR C01
10-10-01 12:34
000000
Manager Mode
1.System Connection Check
2.Remote On
3.Remote Off
4.Busy Reset
5.Stock Maintenance
6.Drawer for Clerk
7.CHK#(CLK Interrupt)
8.Order ID Change
1. Sign on a clerk (if necessary).
2. Press <X/Z MODE> repeatedly to assign manager mode.
´
0.00
3. Select “5. Stock Maintenance” and press the <YES> key.
Stock Maintenance
PLU
1.PLU0001
2.PLU0002
3.PLU0003
4.PLU0004
5.PLU0005
6.PLU0006
7.PLU0007
8.PLU0008
´
0.00
4. Select the appropriate PLU and press the <YES> key.
No. Descriptor
1 PLU0001
No. Descriptor
1 PLU0001
2 PLU0002
Stock
0.000
0.000
Stock
+100.000
100.000
0.000
0.000
Entered stock quantity
Total stock quantity
0.00
PLU0001
+100.000
5. Enter adjustment (adding) stock value and press the <YES>
key. If you want to decrease stock value, press the <RF> key
before entering the stock value.
The next PLU appears on the screen.
6. Press the <ESC> key to terminate this sequence.
7. Press the <ESC> key to issue receipt.
RECEIPT
Stock Maintenance
No.
Descriptor
Stock
----------------------------1 PLU0001
+100.000
100.000
000002 PLU0002
0.000
0.000
TE-7000S/8000F/8500F Reference Manual
R-95
www.cashregisters.net
Manager Operation
3-3-6. Drawer for clerk
This command is used to designate the drawer 1 ~ 4.
MGR C01
10-10-01 12:34
000000
Manager Mode
1.System Connection Check
2.Remote On
3.Remote Off
4.Busy Reset
5.Stock Maintenance
6.Drawer for Clerk
7.CHK#(CLK Interrupt)
8.Order ID Change
1. Sign on a clerk (if necessary).
2. Press <X/Z MODE> repeatedly to assign manager mode.
´
0.00
Drawer for Clerk
C01
C02
C03
C04
C05
C06
0
0
0
0
0
0
0.00
3. Select “6. Drawer for Clerk” and press the <YES> key.
The display shows “Clerk name/Drawer No.” list.
4. Select the drawer No. field of the appropriate clerk, enter the
drawer number (1, 2, 3 or 4, “0” means drawer 1), and press
the <YES> key.
5. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
JOURNAL
Drawer for Clerk
C01
C02
C03
:
1 — Drawer number
2
3
3-3-7. CHK# (Clerk interrupt)
This command is used to designate the check number for clerk interrupt to each clerk.
MGR C01
10-10-01 12:34
000000
Manager Mode
1.System Connection Check
2.Remote On
3.Remote Off
4.Busy Reset
5.Stock Maintenance
6.Drawer for Clerk
7.CHK#(CLK Interrupt)
8.Order ID Change
1. Sign on a clerk (if necessary).
2. Press <X/Z MODE> repeatedly to assign Manager Mode.
´
0.00
CHK#(CLK Interrupt)
C01
C02
C03
C04
C05
C06
011111
022222
033333
044444
055555
066666
3. Select “7. CHK# (CLK Interrupt)” and press the <YES> key.
The display shows “Clerk name / Check No.” list.
4. Select the check No. field of the appropriate clerk, enter the
check number (within 6-digits), and press the <YES> key.
5. Press the <ESC> key to return the previous menu.
JOURNAL
0.00
CHK#(CLK Interrupt)
C01
C02
C03
:
011111
022222
033333
— Check number
R-96
www.cashregisters.net
3-3-8. Order ID change
This command is used to change the target printer of order temporarily.
MGR C01
10-10-01 12:34
000000
Manager Mode
1.System Connection Check
2.Remote On
3.Remote Off
4.Busy Reset
5.Stock Maintenance
6.Drawer for Clerk
7.CHK#(CLK Interrupt)
8.Order ID Change
1. Sign on a clerk (if necessary).
2. Press <X/Z MODE> repeatedly to assign manager mode.
´
0.00
3. Select “8. Order ID Change” and press the <YES> key.
Order ID Change
Definition Enable
YES
1.Order1
2.Order2
3.Order3
4.Order4
5.Order5
6.Order6
7.Order7
103
202
203
104
000
000
000
OK?
YES
0.00
D3D2D1
4. Select “YES” of the Definition Enable field, and enter an
appropriate ID number of each order printer and press the
<YES> key. Select “YES” of the last line to execute this
command.
5. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
Note: D3 D2 D1
In case of D3 = 1, D2 & D1 defines the terminal physical ID that connect to printer-1.
In case of D3 = 2, D2 & D1 defines the terminal physical ID that connect to printer-2.
In case of D3 D2 D1 = 999, it defines internal printer of the terminal
JOURNAL
Order ID Change
Definition Enable
TE-7000S/8000F/8500F Reference Manual
Yes
R-97
www.cashregisters.net
Manager Operation
3-3-9. Error log print
This command is used to display / print out the error log file.
MGR C01
10-10-01 12:34
Manager Mode
3.Remote off
4.Busy Reset
5.Stock Maintenance
6.Drawer for Clerk
7.CHK#(CLK Interrupt)
8.Order ID Change
9.Error Log Print
10.System Re-configuration
000000
1. Sign on a clerk (if necessary).
2. Press <X/Z MODE> repeatedly to assign manager mode.
¨
´
0.00
3. Select “9. Error Log Print” and press the <YES> key.
ID
#01 MC #01
#03 MC #03
Date Time OPE ERR JOB
0603 1535 1 51 38
0603 1535 22 235 22
0.00
4. The display shows current error log.
Then press the <ESC> key.
Error Log Print
Do you want to printout?
YES
0.00
5. Press the <YES> key if you want to print error log.
If you do not want to print error log, press the <ESC> key.
RECEIPT
Error Log Print
ID
Date Time OPE ERR JOB
----------------------------#01 MC #01
0603 1535
1 51 38
#03 MC #03
0603 1535 22 235 22
#00
0000 0000
0
0
0
R-98
www.cashregisters.net
3-3-10. System re-configuration
This command is one procedure of down recovery. It backs the contents of the
system connection table to the original value.
It should be executed under these conditions:
1) After issuing “Open check report”.
2) All terminals are connected and work without any trouble. (Check by system
connection check)
3) No terminal is in registration, collection, consolidation, sending/receiving programs.
4) Activate “System re-configuration” command at the terminal on which the
“System re-configuration” icon is lit.
MGR C01
10-10-01 12:34
Manager Mode
3.Remote off
4.Busy Reset
5.Stock Maintenance
6.Drawer for Clerk
7.CHK#(CLK Interrupt)
8.Order ID Change
9.Error Log Print
10.System Re-configuration
000000
¨
1. Sign on a clerk (if necessary).
2. Press <X/Z MODE> repeatedly to assign manager
mode.
´
0.00
ß
Cut-off Master or Backup master icon
3. Select “10. System Re-configuration” and press the
<YES> key.
System Re-configuration
System Re-configuration
OK?
NO
YES
0.00
ß
4. Choose the option “YES (Perform system re-configuration) / NO (Abort this procedure)” and press the
<YES> key.
JOURNAL
System Re-configuration
TE-7000S/8000F/8500F Reference Manual
R-99
www.cashregisters.net
Manager Operation
3-3-11. Item Data Capture
You can change the IDC status (capture transaction data or not) by the operation described
below.
MGR C01
10-10-01 12:34
Manager Mode
5.Stock Maintenance
6.Drawer for Clerk
7.CHK#(CLK Interrupt)
8.Order ID Change
9.Error Log Print
10.System Re-configuration
11.Item Data Capture
12.EURO Change over
000000
1. Sign on a clerk (if necessary).
2. Press <X/Z MODE> repeatedly to assign manager mode.
¨
0.00
3. Select “11. Item Data Capture” and press the <YES> key.
Item Data Capture
Item Data Capture
YES
0.00
4. Choose the option “YES (capture item data) / NO (not capture
item data)” and press the <ESC> key.
R-100
www.cashregisters.net
3-3-12. Euro change over
After this operation, the following subjects are made:
(1) The Euro is defined as main currency and the local as sub currency.
(2) All totals and counts are reset.
(3) Unit prices (department, subdepartment, PLU, 2nd @, shift PLU) are converted
in Euro.
Before “change over operation”,
(1) Issue all reset report including open check report, if necessary.
(2) Sign off all cashier/clerk and stop all operations of all terminals of the system.
MGR C01
10-10-01 12:34
Manager Mode
5.Stock Maintenance
6.Drawer for Clerk
7.CHK#(CLK Interrupt)
8.Order ID Change
9.Error Log Print
10.System Re-configuration
11.Item Data Capture
12.EURO Change over
000000
1. Sign on a clerk (if necessary).
2. Press <X/Z MODE> repeatedly to assign manager mode.
¨
0.00
3. Select “12. EURO Change over” and press the <YES> key.
EURO Change over
This operation will clear all
of totalizer and change over
EURO/LOCAL system.
Are you sure want to execute
these job?
YES
0.00
4. If you want to proceed this step, press the <YES> key. To
abort this step, press the <NO> or <ESC> key.
EURO Change over
Operation Code ?
0.00
5. If you want to proceed this step, enter “8888888888” and
press the <YES> key. (It takes a few minutes.)
To abort this step, press the <NO> or <ESC> key.
RECEIPT
EURO Change over
Done update EURO rate and
symbols.
Please check unit price and
fix totalizer euro-in-drawer
title character.
Perform the same operation of all the terminals of the system.
TE-7000S/8000F/8500F Reference Manual
R-101
www.cashregisters.net
Manager Operation
3-3-13. Clerk number
You can program clerk number directly to the <CLK#> key in the MGR mode.
MGR C01
10-10-01 12:34
Manager Mode
5.Stock Maintenance
6.Drawer for Clerk
7.CHK#(CLK Interrupt)
8.Order ID Change
9.Error Log Print
10.System Re-configuration
11.Item Data Capture
12.EURO Change over
000000
¨
1. Sign on a clerk (if necessary).
2. Press <X/Z MODE> repeatedly to assign manager mode.
0.00
MGR C01
001111 C01
002222 C02
003333 C03
004444 C04
10-10-01 12:34
000000
100
101
102
103
3. Enter “00” and the clerk number you want to set and press the
appropriate <CLK#> key.
(Entering “000000” clears the clerk number program.)
Hard key code
C04
0,044.44
4. To terminate this step, press the <ST> key.
JOURNAL
Secret
001111
002222
003333
004444
number for CLK# key
C01
100
C02
101
C03
102
C04
103
R-102
www.cashregisters.net
3-4. System command execution
System command functions are provided to perform nonregistration operations, such as
collection / consolidation system control, backup / restore operation of files in the
terminals, and remote power on / off control.
3-4-1. X/Z reporting
X/Z command execution
1. Issuing flash report
X/Z mode → <X> or <X/FOR>, <XX>, <XXX>, <X/KETTEN>
2. Issuing other reports
X/Z mode → D7D6D5D4D3D2D1 <#-1>
Meaning of the command data
Digit
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2D1
Value
0
1
2
3
4
0
1
4
0
0
1
0
1
2
3
4
5
00 ~ 09
11
12
14
64
13
15
16
17
19
20
25
28
58
22
81 ~ 88
71
24
29
31
67
68
69
Meaning
No edition
Editing by group
Editing by department
Editing by subdepartment
Editing by order character
No extraction
Inactive (Zero sales)
Out of stock
Always “0”
Execution in X mode
Execution in Z mode
Issuing daily area
Issuing periodic 1 area
Issuing periodic 2 area
Issuing daily consolidation area
Issuing periodic 1 consolidation area
Issuing periodic 2 consolidation area
Batch report 1 ~ 10
Fixed totalizer
Transaction
PLU
PLU stock
Subdepartment
Department
Group
Clerk
Time zone
Monthly
Open check
Table analysis
Electronic Journal
Void reason
Menu sheet 1 ~ 8
Flash
Hourly / Labor
Employee
Hourly item
IDC (1) clear
IDC (2) clear
IDC (3) clear
TE-7000S/8000F/8500F Reference Manual
R-103
www.cashregisters.net
Manager Operation
3-4-2. X/Z collection / consolidation
X/Z collection / consolidation execution
Inline X/Z mode → D14D13D12D11D10D9D8D7D6D5D4D3D2D1 <#-2> → <ESC>
Meaning of the command data
Digit
D14~D10
D9D8
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2D1
Value
11110
11111
11112
00
0
1
2
3
4
0
1
0
0
1
0
1
2
00 ~ 09
11
12
14
64
13
15
16
17
19
20
22
24
28
31
58
Meaning
Collection
Consolidation
Collection and Consolidation
Fixed
No edition
Editing by group
Editing by department
Editing by subdepartment
Editing by order character
No extraction
Inactive (Zero sales)
Always “0”
Execution in X mode
Execution in Z mode
Issuing daily area
Issuing periodic 1 area
Issuing periodic 2 area
Batch report 1 ~ 10
Fixed totalizer
Transaction
PLU
PLU stock
Subdepartment
Department
Group
Clerk
Time zone
Monthly
Void reason
Hourly labor
Table analysis
Hourly item
Electronic Journal
R-104
www.cashregisters.net
3-4-3. Remote power control
Remote power control execution
Manager mode → D4D3D2D1 <#-2>
Meaning of the command data
Digit
D4D3
D2D1
Value
00
01 ~ 32
10
11
Meaning
All terminal
Terminal ID of individual terminal
Remote power on
Remote power off
TE-7000S/8000F/8500F Reference Manual
R-105
www.cashregisters.net
Manager Operation
3-5. Data Communication System
The following details the inline and online data communication functions available with
the TE-7000S series system.
3-5-1. Inline / online connectors
With the TE-7000S series, there are the following inline / online connectors in the rear side
of the body.
Inline
RS-232C COM1
RS-232C COM2
(Standard)
(Standard)
(Standard)
RS-232C COM3
(Standard)
RS-232C COM4
(Standard)
INLINE-1 or INLINE-2
For MODEM or PC direct connection
For Hand held scanner, Slip printer, or Remote
printer
For Remote customer display, Slip printer, or
Remote printer
For Remote printer or Slip printer
Terminator (CAT5)
Inline-2 (CAT5)
Power cord
Inline-1 (CASIO original)
COM4
COM1
COM2
COM3
Drawer cable
R-106
www.cashregisters.net
3-5-2. Hardware interface
With the TE-7000S series, there are the following inline / online connectors in the rear side
of the body.
3-5-2-1. Inline interface
The maximum inline cable length and the maximum connection unit will be varied by
the inline communication speed as shown below list.
By CASIO original inline cable (INLINE-1)
Inline cable (INLINE-1)
TE7000S series-1
TE7000S series-2
TE7000S series-3
TE7000S series-32
Slip
Inline communication
speed (bps)
312 k bps
156 k bps
Maximum connection
units (terminals)
20
32
Maximum cable length
(m)
430
890
By CAT5 cable (INLINE-2)
Inline cable (INLINE-2)
TE7000S series-1
TE7000S series-2
TE7000S series-3
TE7000S series-32
Slip
Inline communication
speed (bps)
312 k bps
312 k bps
312 k bps
Maximum connection
units (terminals)
32
8
4
TE-7000S/8000F/8500F Reference Manual
Maximum cable length
(m)
230
420
450
R-107
www.cashregisters.net
Manager Operation
3-5-2-2. Online interface
Only the RS-232C COM 1 port can be connected with a modem or a personal computer.
1) Specification of RS-232C COM 1 port
Communication method:
Half duplex communication
Configuration of connection: Point-to point
Line type:
Public lines / exclusive lines
Starting method:
Center (host computer) based start up
Protocol:
Async.
Communication speed:
2400 / 4800 / 9600 / 19200 / 38400 / 57600 / 115200 bps
Error control:
CRC-128 or CRC-1024
Text length:
128 or 1024 bytes
2) The cable diagram between the terminal and MODEM
Terminal (COM 1)
Pin
No.
Signal
name
MODEM
Signal
name
Pin
No.
3
SD/TDX
SD
2
2
RD/RXD
RD
3
7
RS/RTS
RS
4
8
CS/CTS
CS
5
1
CD/DCD
CD
8
4
ER/DTR
ER
20
6
DR/DSR
DR
6
9
CI/RI
CI
22
5
GND
GND
7
(DSUB25)
3) The cable diagram between the terminal and PC
Terminal (COM 1)
PC
Pin
No.
Signal
name
Signal
name
Pin
No.
Pin
No.
3
SD/TDX
SD
3
2
2
RD/RXD
RD
2
3
7
RS/RTS
RS
7
4
8
CS/CTS
CS
8
5
1
CD/DCD
CD
1
8
4
ER/DTR
ER
4
20
6
DR/DSR
DR
6
6
9
CI/RI
CI
5
GND
GND
22
5
7
(DSUB9) (DSUB25)
R-108
www.cashregisters.net
3-5-3. Inline / online functions
3-5-3-1. Inline functions
The list below shows the main functions available with the TE-7000S series system.
In case of these functions below are executed, “remote power on: power on automatically”
is performed even if the satellite terminal is in OFF mode.
1) X/Z data collection for each terminal
2) X/Z data consolidation for each terminal
3) X/Z data collection / consolidation for each terminal
4) Program data copy and upload between terminals (auto-program function)
Functions 1), 2) and 3) can only be performed from a terminal that is programmed as master
in which consolidation files are allocated.
3-5-3-2. Online functions
The TE-7000S series can be controlled from the personal computer by connecting it to RS232C port 1 (COM1).
In case of sending a command from PC, “remote power on: power on automatically” is
performed even if the terminal is in OFF mode.
TE-7000S/8000F/8500F Reference Manual
R-109
www.cashregisters.net
Manager Operation
3-6. Collection/Consolidation system
This section provides the general description of the data collection / consolidation system
of the TE-7000S series. The collection / consolidation system is managed by the master/
satellite system using inline network. Installation of any special hardware devices is not
required for collection / consolidation as inline interfaces are standard feature. Communication is possible with the connection of inline cable.
In this section, the term “master” means a terminal which collects or consolidates data
registered on each terminal (called “satellite”) connected the inline.
The differences between collection and consolidation are as follows.
– Collection
Outputs the data of the master and individual satellite terminals from the master terminal.
– Consolidation
Totals data from the master and satellites, and then output it to a specific device.
– Collection / Consolidation
Collection and consolidation are performed at the same time.
Types of totalizer files
There are following seven types of totalizer files:
– Daily total files
Daily total files accumulate registered data.
– Periodic total 1 files
These files accumulate registered data at the point of sale or at the reset point of the daily
files, and can be reset independently from the daily total files. Therefore, the total data
within specific period can be accessed by using these files.
– Periodic total 2 files
These files have same functions as the periodic total 1 files, but can reset independently
for getting the different periodic total data within different period.
– Daily consolidation files
These are files to consolidate the daily data.
– Periodic total 1 consolidation files
These are files to consolidate the periodic 1 data.
– Periodic total 2 consolidation files
These are files to consolidate the periodic 2 data.
– Consolidation work files
These files are work files to collect or consolidate the data of daily total, periodic total 1
or periodic total 2 files.
The daily consolidation files, periodic total 1 consolidation files, periodic total 2 consolidation files and consolidation work files must be reserved as work files at the master
terminal during collection / consolidation operations.
NOTE:
Only a file with the same number of records as the records of corresponding daily total files
need to be reserved. For example, if the number of department is 50, then the same number,
50 records, should be reserved for department of other types.
R-110
www.cashregisters.net
File description and number list
Terminal files
File
description
Fixed totalizer
Transaction key
Subdepartment
PLU
Department
Group
Clerk detail
Hourly sales
Monthly sales
Void table
Table analysis
Grand total
Hourly item
Hourly labor
Daily
total
001
002
003
004
005
006
011
009
010
012
018
020
021
014
Periodic 1
total
101
102
103
104
105
106
111
109
110
112
118
120
121
114
Consolidation files
Periodic 2
total
201
202
203
204
205
206
211
209
210
212
218
220
221
214
Daily
consolidation
301
302
303
304
305
306
311
309
310
312
318
320
321
314
TE-7000S/8000F/8500F Reference Manual
Periodic 1
consolidation
401
402
403
404
405
406
411
409
410
412
418
420
421
414
Periodic 2
consolidation
501
502
503
504
505
506
511
509
510
512
518
520
521
514
Consolidation
work
601
602
603
604
605
606
611
609
610
612
618
620
621
614
R-111
www.cashregisters.net
Manager Operation
3-6-1. X/Z collection
This is used when it is desirable to obtain the counters and totals of the individual terminals.
For collection results (normal end or error end), the satellite does not print it out on the
receipt / journal during X collection. But the results of the Z collection are printed out in
the journal during Z collection.
3-6-1-1. X collection processing
X collection processing is performed as the figure shown below.
1
Satellite
Master
Terminal
files
Terminal
files
3
2
Consolidation
work
2
1 An X collection command is started up from the master terminal.
2 One objected terminal sends its report data to the consolidation work file of the master.
3 Report data from the objected terminal file are printed out on the master's R/J printer.
4 After processing of the master terminal completes, the same processes described in the
item 1 to 3 are executed for the other terminals. Data will be sent without the clerk
noticing, even when the satellite in the process of registering.
3-6-1-2. Z collection processing
Z collection processing is performed as the figure shown below.
1, 4
Satellite
Master
Terminal
files
Terminal
files
3
2
2
Consolidation
work
1 When a Z collection command is started up from the master terminal, the master first
locks one objected terminal. (Z lock)
2 The objected terminal sends its report data to the consolidation work file of the master
terminal.
3 Report data from the satellite terminal file are printed out on the master R/J printer.
4 The data of objected terminal file are cleared, and then the Z lock of the objected
terminal is released.
5 After the processing of the master terminal completes, the same processes described
in the item 1 to 4 are executed for the other terminals.
NOTE:
• When a Z collection is performed, the consolidation data cannot be output. If output of
consolidation data is desired, perform “collection/consolidation” processing described
later.
• Even if an error is occurred, or if the processing is terminated, the data to be collected
remains as they are, and Z lock statuses are automatically released.
R-112
www.cashregisters.net
3-6-1-3. X/Z collection command execution
X/Z C01
10-10-01 12:34
000000
1. Sign on a clerk (if necessary).
2. Press <X/Z MODE> repeatedly to assign Inline X/Z.
Inline X/Z
1.Collection
2.Consolidation
3.Collection & Consolidation
C01
0.00
3. Select “1. Collection” and press the <YES> key.
Collection
Collection
1.Daily
X
2.Periodic(1) X
3.Periodic(2) X
Collection Z
4.Daily
5.Periodic(1) Z
6.Periodic(2) Z
Daily X
1.Batch
C01
2.Cashier/Clerk
3.Others
C01
0.00
4. Select the types and kinds you want to collect.
(Please refer to the X/Z report chapter about the report types
and kinds.)
0.00
Collection
Target ECR
1.All
2.Terminal A
3.Terminal B
4.Terminal C
5.Terminal D
6.Terminal E
7.Terminal F
8.Terminal G
#01
#02
--#04
#05
#06
#07
C01
← Selected terminal
0.00
5. Select the target terminal(s).
In case of selecting individual terminal(s), press the <ESC>
key when you finish to designate terminal(s).
Collection
Inline
Collection
MC #01
MC #02
MC #03
MC #04
C01
11110
0
12:30
12:32
Error End
12:40
0001
0.00
6. Press the <ESC> key twice to terminate this process.
TE-7000S/8000F/8500F Reference Manual
R-113
www.cashregisters.net
Manager Operation
3-6-2. X/Z consolidation
This is used when it is desirable to obtain the sum of counters and totals of all objected
terminals in the store.
After consolidating data from all objected terminals, the master prints the details on the
receipt/journal printer.
Regardless of whether they are in the process of registration, the satellite terminals send
data and do not print out the reports, when X consolidation is performed. But, during the
Z consolidation, satellites are locked from registrations.
3-6-2-1. X consolidation processing
X consolidation processing is performed as the figure shown below.
1
Satellite
Master
Terminal
files
Terminal
files
5
2
Consolidation
work
2
3
Consolidation
files
1 An X consolidation command is started up from the master terminal.
2 Data of the objected terminal file are sent to the master terminal, and are copied to the
consolidation work file.
3 The data in the consolidation work file is added to the consolidation file.
4 The same process described in item 1 to 3 is executed for other terminals.
5 After the above collection processing is completed for all objected terminals, the data
accumulated in the consolidation work file are reported on the master's R/J printer.
3-6-2-2. Z consolidation processing
Z consolidation processing is performed as the figure shown below.
1, 6
Satellite
Master
Terminal
files
Terminal
files
5
2
2
Consolidation
work
3
Consolidation
files
1 A Z consolidation command is started up from the master terminal.
The master first locks an objected terminal. (Z lock)
2 Data of the objected terminal files are sent to the master terminal, and are copied to the
consolidation work file.
3 The data in the consolidation work file is added to the consolidation file.
4 After the processing of the master terminal completes, the same processes described in
item 1 to 3 are executed for all other terminals.
5 The data accumulated in the consolidation file are reported on the master's R/J printer.
6 After the above collection processing completes for all objected terminals, the files of
all objected terminals are cleared, and then satellite's Z lock statuses are released.
R-114
www.cashregisters.net
NOTE:
• Even if an error is occurred, or if the processing is terminated, the data to be collected
remains as they are, and Z lock statuses are automatically released. Therefore, retrying
the same operation can be performed.
3-6-2-3. X/Z consolidation command execution
1. Sign on a clerk (if necessary).
X/Z C01
10-10-01 12:34
000000
2. Press <X/Z MODE> repeatedly to assign Inline X/Z.
Inline X/Z
1.Collection
2.Consolidation
3.Collection & Consolidation
C01
0.00
3. Select “2. Consolidation” and press the <YES> key.
Consolidation
Consolidation
1.Daily
X
2.Periodic(1) X
3.Periodic(2) X
Consolidation Z
4.Daily
5.Periodic(1) Z
6.Periodic(2) Z
Daily X
1.Batch
C01
2.Cashier/Clerk
3.Others
0.00
4. Select the types and kinds you want to collect.
(Please refer to the X/Z report chapter about the report types
and kinds.)
C01
0.00
Consolidation
Target
1.All
2.Terminal
3.Terminal
4.Terminal
5.Terminal
6.Terminal
7.Terminal
8.Terminal
ECR
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
#01
#02
--#04
#05
#06
#07
C01
← Selected terminal
0.00
5. Select the target terminal.
In case of selecting individual terminal(s), press the <ESC>
key when you finish to designate terminal(s).
Consolidation
Inline
Consolidation
MC #01
MC #02
MC #03
MC #04
C01
11111
0
12:30
12:32
Error End
12:40
0001
0.00
6. Press the <ESC> key twice to terminate this process.
TE-7000S/8000F/8500F Reference Manual
R-115
www.cashregisters.net
Manager Operation
3-6-3. X/Z collection / consolidation
This is used when it is desirable to obtain the counters and totals of the individual terminals
(collection) and of all objected terminals in the store (consolidation) by one procedure.
After printing collection report on the master's receipt / journal printer, the master prints
the consolidation report. Regardless whether they are in the process of registration, the
satellite terminals are send data and do not print out the reports, when X collection /
consolidation is performed. But, during the Z collection / consolidation, satellites are
locked from registrations.
After consolidating data from all objected terminals, the master prints the details on the
receipt / journal printer.
3-6-2-1. X collection/consolidation processing
X collection/consolidation processing is performed as the figure shown below.
1
Satellite
Master
Terminal
files
Terminal
files
3
2
2
6
Consolidation
work
4
Consolidation
files
1 An X collection / consolidation command is started up from the master terminal.
2 Data of the objected terminal file are sent to the master terminal, and are copied to the
consolidation work file.
3 The data in the consolidation work file is reported on the master's R/J printer.
4 The data in the consolidation work file is added to the consolidation file.
5 The same process described in item 1 to 4 is executed for other terminals.
6 After the above collection processing is completed for all terminals, the data accumulated in the consolidation file are reported on the master's R/J printer.
R-116
www.cashregisters.net
3-6-3-2. Z collection / consolidation processing
Z collection/consolidation processing is performed as the figure shown below.
1, 7
Satellite
Master
Terminal
files
Terminal
files
3
2
2
6
Consolidation
work
4
Consolidation
files
1 A Z collection / consolidation command is started up from the master terminal.
The master first locks an objected terminal. (Z lock)
2 Data of the objected terminal file are sent to the master terminal, and are copied to the
consolidation work file.
3 The data in the consolidation work file are reported on the master's R/J printer.
4 The data in the consolidation work file is added to the consolidation file.
5 After the master terminal's processing completes, the same processes described in item
1 to 4 are executed for all other terminals.
6 The data accumulated in the consolidation file are reported on the master's R/J printer.
7 After the above collection processing completes for all terminals, the files of all satellite
terminals are cleared, and then satellite's Z lock statuses are released.
NOTE:
• Even if an error is occurred, or if the processing is terminated, the data to be collected
remains as they are, and Z lock statuses are automatically released. Therefore, retrying
the same operation can be performed.
TE-7000S/8000F/8500F Reference Manual
R-117
www.cashregisters.net
Manager Operation
3-6-2-3. X/Z collection / consolidation command execution
1. Sign on a clerk (if necessary).
2. Press the <X/Z MODE> key repeatedly to assign Inline
X/Z C01
10-10-01 12:34
000000
X/Z.
Inline X/Z
1.Collection
2.Consolidation
3.Collection & Consolidation
C01
0.00
3. Select “3. Collection & Consolidation” and press the <YES>
key.
Collection&Consolidation
Collection&Consolidation
1.Daily
X
2.Periodic(1) X
3.Periodic(2) X
Collection&Consolidation
4.Daily
Z
5.Periodic(1) Z
6.Periodic(2) Z
Daily X
1.Batch
C01
2.Cashier/Clerk
3.Others
0.00
4. Select the types and kinds you want to collect.
(Please refer to the X/Z report chapter about the report types
and kinds.)
C01
0.00
Collection&Consolidation
Target
1.All
2.Terminal
3.Terminal
4.Terminal
5.Terminal
6.Terminal
7.Terminal
8.Terminal
C01
ECR
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
#01
#02
--#04
#05
#06
#07
← Selected terminal
0.00
Collection&Consolidation
Inline
Collection&Consl
MC #01
12:30
MC #02
12:32
MC #03
Error End
MC #04
12:40
C01
5. Select the target terminal.
In case of selecting individual terminal(s), press the <ESC>
key when you finish to designate terminal(s).
11112
0
0001
0.00
6. Press the <ESC> key twice to terminate this process.
R-118
www.cashregisters.net
3-7. Auto-programming function
Using the auto programming function makes it possible to save and load the terminal
program files. Methods available for saving the terminal program are as follows:
1) Saving another terminal connected through inline.
2) Saving onto a personal computer connected through online.
3) Saving onto a CF card inserted in the CF card slot.
To ensure quick recovery from a corrupted file resulting from user error or system failure,
it is recommended that you maintain back up copies of current terminal programs on a file
basis.
Terminal program files can be loaded using procedures opposite to those used for saving.
Note:
Data except for program data, such as data in totalizers, counters, and work area, cannot
be saved by the auto programming function. (except for copying all terminal files)
Caution:
Do not remove or insert a CF card during sending / receiving data from/to it.
3-7-1. Auto programming functions
The TE-7000S series terminal is capable of saving and loading terminal program files. The
terminal program file has the following transfer functions:
1) Copy all terminal files (send / receive)
(send: activation by source terminal / receive: activation by target terminal)
This function copies all terminal files (except terminal ID) with counters and totalizers.
When a file is not reserved on the target terminal, that file is created automatically.
2) Copy all terminal program files (send / receive)
This function copies all terminal files (except terminal ID) without counters and
totalizers. When a file is not reserved on the target terminal, the processing for that file
is skipped.
3) Copy individual terminal program files (send / receive)
This function copies the specific terminal program file (except system work files)
without counters and totalizers.
4) Copy unit price field of particular files (send / receive)
This function copies the unit price field of specific files (i.e. PLU, PLU 2nd@).
5) Copy application programs to flash memory: (IPL by wire)
This function copies the application programs to flash memory.
Even by using this function, you cannot made the CF card for IPL.
Note: The target terminal should be in the IPL mode. (refer to page 87 of this manual)
TE-7000S/8000F/8500F Reference Manual
R-119
www.cashregisters.net
Manager Operation
3-7-2. Auto program operation and CF card utilities
X/Z
The procedures of auto program function
1. Sign on a clerk (if necessary)
C01
10-10-01 12:34
000000
2. Press the <X/Z Mode> key repeatedly to assign “AUTO
PGM.”
AUTO PGM
1.Send
2.Receive
0.00
3. Select the appropriate menu you want by following the
guidance. The hierarchy of the AUTO PGM menus are
described below.
Auto-program menu hierarchy
Send / Receive
Copy All
Unit Price only
Range
Individual Files
All Data
All PGM
PLU
PLU 2nd@
PLU
PLU 2nd@
Fixed Totalizer
Free Function
Sub Department
PLU
Department
Group Character
Cashier / Clerk
Void
Scanning PLU link
Table Analysis
GT Character
General Feature
Special Character
Report Header
Tax Table
Pulldown Group
Set Menu Table
Clerk key ID
Batch X / Z
Clerk Detail
Receipt / SLIP Msg
Endorse Message
ARG GP1
ARG GP2
ARG GP3
ARG GP4
ARG GP5
Text Recall
Check Print
Graphic Logo (EXT PRN
Graphic Logo (INT PRN)
Watermark (INT PRN)
PLU 2nd@
Shift PLU
Scheduler
Order Char Link
Keyboard
System Connection
I / O Parameter
Printer Connection
Hourly/Item Link
Time Zone
Employee
Job Code
Schedule
IDC Link
Euro (Sub Curr)
Auto Pgm control
LCD color
IPL (Send only)
R-120
www.cashregisters.net
X/Z
The procedure of Data Backup to the CF card
1. Sign on a clerk (if necessary)
C01
10-10-01 12:34
000000
2. Press the <X/Z Mode> key repeatedly to assign “CF card.”
CF Card
1.Data Backup
2.Data Restore
3.Backup File List
4.CF Card Format
0.00
3. Select the appropriate menu you want by following the
guidance. Insert the CF card to the slot securely.
The hierarchy of the Data Backup is described below.
Data Backup menu hierarchy
Backup
Copy All
Individual Files
X/Z
All Data
All PGM
Fixed Totalizer
Free Function
Sub Department
PLU
Department
Group Character
Cashier / Clerk
Void
Scanning PLU link
Table Analysis
GT Character
General Feature
Special Character
Report Header
Tax Table
Pulldown Group
Set Menu Table
Clerk Key ID
Batch X / Z
Clerk Detail
Receipt / SLIP Msg
Endorse Message
ARG GP1
ARG GP2
ARG GP3
ARG GP4
ARG GP5
Text Recall
Check Print
Graphic Logo (EXT PRN)
Graphic Logo (INT PRN)
Watermark (INT PRN)
PLU 2nd@
Shift PLU
Scheduler
Order Char Link
Keyboard
System Connection
I / O Parameter
Printer Connection
Hourly/tem Link
Time Zone
Employee
Job Code
Schedule
IDC Link
Euro (Sub Curr)
Auto Pgm control
LCD color
The procedure of Data Restore from the CF card
1. Sign on a clerk (if necessary)
C01
10-10-01 12:34
000000
2. Press the <X/Z Mode> key repeatedly to assign “CF card.”
CF Card
1.Data Backup
2.Data Restore
3.Backup File List
4.CF Card Format
0.00
3. Insert the CF card to the slot securely.
Select “2. Data Restore” and press the <YES> key.
X/Z C01
10-10-01 12:34
000000
Data Restore
1.FILE004P.004
2.FILE090P.090
3.FILE028P.028
0.00
4. Select the appropriate file you want to restore.
TE-7000S/8000F/8500F Reference Manual
R-121
www.cashregisters.net
Manager Operation
X/Z
The procedures of taking the file list of the CF card and deleting the file
1. Sign on a clerk (if necessary)
C01
10-10-01 12:34
000000
2. Press the <X/Z Mode> key repeatedly to assign “CF card.”
CF Card
1.Data Backup
2.Data Restore
3.Backup File List
4.CF Card Format
0.00
3. Insert the CF card to the slot securely.
Select “3. Backup File List” and press the <YES> key.
Backup File List
FILE001P.001
10-10-01 10:00
FILE002P.002
10-10-01 10:01
FILE003P.003
10-10-01 10:02
0.00
4. In case of deleting a file, select the appropriate file and press
the <YES> key.
The procedures of formatting the CF card
1. Sign on a clerk (if necessary)
X/Z C01
10-10-01 12:34
000000
2. Press the <X/Z Mode> key repeatedly to assign “CF card.”
CF Card
1.Data Backup
2.Data Restore
3.Backup File List
4.CF Card Format
0.00
X/Z C01
10-10-01 12:34
3. Insert the CF card to the slot securely.
Select “4. CF Card Format” and press the <YES> key.
000000
This procedure deletes all
data in the CF Card.
Are you sure to format?
0.00
4. Press the <YES> key to continue formatting, <NO> means
abortion.
R-122
www.cashregisters.net
4.
Registrations ........................................................................................ R-124
4-1.
4-2.
4-3.
4-4.
4-5.
4-6.
4-7.
4-8.
4-9.
4-9.
4-10.
4-11.
4-12.
4-13.
4-14.
4-15.
Clerk sign on / off operation ............................................................................ R-124
Voiding the last registered item (<VOID> key operation) ................................ R-125
Voiding the previous registered item (<VOID> key operation) ........................ R-126
Cancelling of all data registered during the transaction .................................. R-126
Using the list function ...................................................................................... R-128
Using the set menu function and pulldown group function.............................. R-129
Post entry ........................................................................................................ R-132
Separate check ............................................................................................... R-133
Open check ..................................................................................................... R-134
Dutch account ................................................................................................. R-134
Media change.................................................................................................. R-135
Eat-in / Takeout ............................................................................................... R-136
Scanning PLU ................................................................................................. R-136
Shift PLU ......................................................................................................... R-137
Printing barcode on receipts (UP-350 only) .................................................... R-137
Round repeat function ..................................................................................... R-138
TE-7000S/8000F/8500F Reference Manual
R-123
www.cashregisters.net
Registration
4.
Registrations
This section describes characteristic registrations of the TE-7000S series.
4-1.
Clerk sign on / off operation
1)
The following examples illustrate the clerk sign on / off operation.
• When a clerk (Dallas) key is used, sign on operation can be performed by touching the
clerk key receiver by the appropriate clerk (Dallas) key.
Note: After initialization, clerk key ID should be set.
• When a clerk ID number is programmed for the clerk key, sign on operation can be
performed by merely pressing the clerk key.
It is the same procedure that even clerks are assigned as “clerk”, “cashier” or “manager.”
Clerk sign on operation (Clerk key has the clerk number setting.)
REG
REG C01
10-10-01 12:34
10-10-01 12:34
000001
000001
1
REG Mode
0.00
Please sign on.
C01
1. Just press the appropriate <CLERK> key.
2)
Clerk sign on operation (Clerk key has no clerk number setting.)
In case of the store has many clerks to control, you need not allocate all clerk keys on the
keyboard but allocate a few clerk key and program no clerk number one of the clerk key.
REG
10-10-01 12:34
CLK#
000001
---Please sign on.
REG
CLK#
10-10-01 12:34
1. Press the <CLERK> key, if you want to display no clerk
number entries.
000001
--**
Please sign on.
2. Enter the appropriate clerk number and press the <CLERK>
key.
R-124
www.cashregisters.net
3)
Clerk sign off operation
REG C01
10-10-01 12:34
000001
0.00
Please sign on.
4-2.
1. Enter “0” and press the <CLERK> key.
Voiding the last registered item (<VOID> key operation)
Use the <VOID> key to cancel a data that has just been registered using a function key. The
<VOID> key can be used to cancel data registered using departments, subdepartments,
PLUs, partial tenders, or the <PRICE>, <+>, <–>, <%+>, <%–>, <LOAN> or <PICKUP>
key. You can only use the <VOID> key to cancel a registration if you have not yet started
registration of the next item.
REG C01
1 PLU0001
10%
%-
10-10-01 12:34
-0.10
%1 ST
REG C01
1 PLU0001
000001
•1.00
10-10-01 12:34
VOID
1 ST
-0.10
•0.90
1. Wrong registration is made.
000001
•1.00
•0.10
•1.00
2. Press the <VOID> key to cancel the data and reregister the
transaction.
TE-7000S/8000F/8500F Reference Manual
R-125
www.cashregisters.net
Registration
4-3.
Voiding the previous registered item (<VOID> key operation)
If data has been registered using a function key and registration of the next item has begun,
use the <VOID> key to cancel previous registered data. Entries using departments,
subdepartments or PLUs can be cancelled using the <VOID> key.
REG
1
1
3
1
C01
PLU0001
PLU0002
PLU0003
PLU0004
10-10-01 12:34
PLU0004
•4.00
•16.00
6
REG
1
1
3
1
C01
PLU0001
PLU0002
PLU0003
PLU0004
10-10-01 12:34
PLU0004
6
REG
1
1
1
C01
PLU0001
PLU0002
PLU0004
10-10-01 12:34
2. Press the upper / lower arrow key to designate the item
registration.
000001
•1.00
•2.00
•4.00
-9.00
•7.00
3 ST
1. Wrong registration is made.
000001
•1.00
•2.00
•9.00
•4.00
•4.00
•16.00
PLU0003
4-4.
000001
•1.00
•2.00
•9.00
•4.00
3. Press the <VOID> key to cancel the item and reregister the
transaction.
Cancelling of all data registered during the transaction
Press the <CANCEL> key to cancel all data registered (except partial tendering) during
the transaction. This operation lets you clear registered data and restart from the beginning.
The cancel operation must be performed before the transaction is finalized.
REG
1
1
3
1
C01
PLU0001
PLU0002
PLU0003
PLU0004
10-10-01 12:34
PLU0004
6
000001
•1.00
•2.00
•9.00
•4.00
•4.00
•16.00
1. Wrong registration is made.
R-126
www.cashregisters.net
REG
1
1
3
1
C01
PLU0001
PLU0002
PLU0003
10-10-01 12:34
000001
•1.00
•2.00
•9.00
Cancel OK?
PLU0004
6
REG
1
1
3
1
C01
PLU0001
PLU0002
PLU0003
PLU0004
CANCEL
•4.00
•16.00
2. Press the <CANCEL> key.
10-10-01 12:34
000001
•1.00
•2.00
•9.00
•4.00
•••••••••••••
CANCEL
0.00
Please sign on.
3. Press the <YES> key to cancel the transaction.
TE-7000S/8000F/8500F Reference Manual
R-127
www.cashregisters.net
Registration
4-5.
Using the list function
<LIST> or No. <LIST-#>
↓
PLU 1
← Select one of these.
←
PLU 2
←
PLU 3
Before using the LIST function, the following programs are necessary to use this function.
1) Allocating the <LIST> key or the <LIST-#> key (page 22 of the programming manual)
In case of using the <LIST> key, <LIST> key(s) should be allocated on the keyboard
before step 2.
2) Programming pulldown group (page 32 of the programming manual)
3) Programming item price (page 163 of the programming manual)
Normal registration by using the <LIST> and <LIST-#> key
REG C01
10-10-01 12:34
LIST01
000001
0/3~3
1.PLU0001
2.PLU0002
3.PLU0003
4.PLU0004
0.01
REG C01
1 PLU0001
1. Press the <LIST> key or enter the list No. and press the
<LIST-#> key.
10-10-01 12:34
000001
•10.00
PLU0001
1
•10.00
•10.00
2. Select the appropriate item and press the <YES> key.
Direct selection by using the <LIST> key
REG C01
1 PLU0001
10-10-01 12:34
000001
•10.00
PLU0001
1
•10.00
•10.00
1. Press the appropriate record number and press the <LIST>
key brings direct selection of the item.
R-128
www.cashregisters.net
4-6.
Using the set menu function and pulldown group function
4-6-1.
Using the Set Menu function
Before using the set menu function, the following programs are necessary to use this
function.
1) Programming set menu table (page 34 of the programming manual)
2) Programming PLU “Set menu table linking” (page 110 of the programming manual)
3) Programming item prices (page 163 of the programming manual)
REG C01
10-10-01 12:34
000001
1 PLU0001
•10.00
PLU0002
PLU0003
Set Menu linked to PLU0001
PLU0004
}
(select “set menu breakdown printing”
PLU0001
•10.00
•10.00
1
4-6-2.
1. Registering a PLU linked to a set menu.
Using the Pulldown group function
PLU (Parent) registration
↓
Child PLU 1 ← Select one of these.
Child PLU 2 ←
Child PLU 3 ←
Before using the pulldown group function, the following programs are necessary to use this
function.
1) Programming pulldown group table (page 32 of the programming manual)
2) Programming PLU “List Link No.” (page 110 of the programming manual)
3) Programming item prices (page 163 of the programming manual)
REG C01
1 PLU0001
10-10-01 12:34
000001
•10.00
LIST01
REG C01
10-10-01 12:34
000001
1 PLU0001
•10.00
1 PLU0012
•1.00
0/3~3
1.PLU0010
2.PLU0011
3.PLU0012
4.PLU0013
PLU0001
1
•10.00
•10.00
REG C01
10-10-01 12:34
000001
1 PLU0001
•10.00
1 PLU0012
•1.00
1
PLU0015
PLU0001
2
PLU0001
2
•10.00
•11.00
1. Register the parent (main) PLU. The list linked appears.
2. Select the appropriate (child/grandchild) PLU and press the
<YES> key.
•10.00
•11.00
TE-7000S/8000F/8500F Reference Manual
R-129
www.cashregisters.net
Registration
4-6-3.
Using the set menu and pulldown group function
Before using the set menu and pulldown group function, the following programs are
necessary to use this function.
1) Programming set menu table (page 34 of the programming manual)
2) Programming pulldown group table (page 32 of the programming manual)
3) Allocate the pulldown menu key, if you want to use. (page 22 of the programming
manual)
4) Programming PLU “Set menu table linking” and “List Link No.” (page 110 of the
programming manual)
5) Programming item prices (page 163 of the programming manual)
REG C01
10-10-01 12:34
000001
1 PLU0001
•10.00
PLU0002 ← Set Menu linked to PLU0001
LIST01
1.PLU0010
2.PLU0011
3.PLU0012
4.PLU0013
PLU0001
1
•10.00
•10.00
PLU0001
PLU0002, PLU0003, PLU0004
PLU0005
LIST01
↓
PLU0010 ← Select one of these.
PLU0011 ←
PLU0012 ←
PLU0013 ←
1.Registering a PLU linked to a set menu and pulldown group.
REG C01
10-10-01 12:34
000001
1 PLU0001
•10.00
PLU0002
Set Menu linked to PLU0001
PLU0003
PLU0004
PLU0005 ← Condiment/Preparation related to PLU0004
1 PLU0010 ← Selected in the LIST01
}
PLU0001
2
4-6-4.
•10.00
•11.00
2. Select the appropriate item and press the <YES> key.
If there are more pulldown groups linked to the PLU, next
pulldown group appears on the screen.
You can also select items directly by using the pulldown key.
Using the Substitution key
Normally, you can select item(s) in a pulldown group. If the customer requires to take an
item from another set menu/pulldown group, the <SUBSTITUTION> key should be used.
REG C01
1 PLU0020
1 PLU0021
10-10-01 12:34
000001
•10.00
•20.00
LIST01
1.PLU0001
2.PLU0002
3.PLU0003
4.PLU0004
PLU0021
2
•10.00
•30.00
1. A PLU linked to a pulldown group is registered, but no items
in the list can be selected.
R-130
www.cashregisters.net
REG C01
1 PLU0020
1 PLU0021
10-10-01 12:34
000001
•10.00
•20.00
LIST01
1.PLU0001
2.PLU0002
3.PLU0003
4.PLU0004
SUBST.
2
0.00
•30.00
2. Press the <SUBSTITUTION> key.
REG
1
1
1
C01
PLU0020
PLU0021
PLU0050
10-10-01 12:34
PLU0050
3
4-6-5.
000001
•10.00
•20.00
•50.00
•50.00
•80.00
3. Register the appropriate item.
Inner multiplication
Normally, the quantity of list linked PLU or set menu child PLU follows the same quantity
as main PLU. But it is possible to register a different number of list linked PLU or child
PLU from the number of main PLU.
Before using the inner multiplication, the following program is necessary in addition to the
Pulldown Group or Set Menu Table to use this function.
Note) Program”Fast food” in the “Set Menu / Condiment” program (page 51 of the
programming manual)
REG C01
3 PLU0001
10-10-01 12:34
000001
•30.00
LIST01
1.PLU0010
2.PLU0011
3.PLU0012
4.PLU0013
PLU0001
3
REG C01
3 PLU0001
•30.00
•30.00
1. An multiplication of a PLU is made.
10-10-01 12:34
000001
•30.00
LIST01
1.PLU0010
2.PLU0011
3.PLU0012
4.PLU0013
X
3
2
•30.00
2. Enter appropriate quantity and press the <X> key.
TE-7000S/8000F/8500F Reference Manual
R-131
www.cashregisters.net
Registration
REG C01
10-10-01 12:34
000001
3 PLU0001
•30.00
2 PLU0010
•2.00
LIST01
1.PLU0010
2.PLU0011
3.PLU0012
4.PLU0013
PLU0010
5
4-7.
•2.00
•32.00
3. Select the appropriate PLU (in case of pulldown group.)
Post entry
4-7-1.
Post entry is used to suspend the selectable item in the pulldown window of a set menu and
register the selected item. For example, it is used to register dessert which is included in
a set menu. (This function is only effective in check tracking operation.)
To suspend the selection
REG C01
10-10-01 12:34
000001
1 Lunch menu
•12.00
Soup
Chicken
Dessert
1.Cake of the day
2.Cheese cake
3.Cheese a la carte
4.Beverage only
1
0.00
•12.00
1. Enter the <POST ENTRY> key to suspend the selection.
REG C01
10-10-01 12:34
000001
1 Lunch menu
•12.00
Soup
Chicken
with pepper
Sirloin
Rare
French
Pea
POST ENTRY ← the suspended item
1
4-7-2.
0.00
•12.00
2. The key descriptor shows the suspended item.
To register the suspended item
REG C01
10-10-01 12:34
000001
1 Lunch menu
•12.00
Soup
Chicken
with pepper
Sirloin
Rare
French
Pea
POST ENTRY
1
0.00
•12.00
1. Open the check and designate “POST ENTRY” by ?, >.
Pressing the <POST ENTRY> key recalls the pulldown
menu screen to select items.
R-132
www.cashregisters.net
4-8.
Separate check
Separate check is used to transfer the registered items in the original check to the other
check or pick up the registered items in the original check to finalize them.
REG C01
10-10-01 12:34
CHECK No.222222
NEW/OLD
CHECK
1
1
1
1
1
222222
SEP CHK
No.123456
PLU0001
PLU0002
PLU0003
PLU0004
PLU0005
5
CHECK
1
1
1
1
1
000001
SEP CHK
No.123456
PLU0001
PLU0002
PLU0003
PLU0004
PLU0005
5
1. Enter the check number to which the registered items are
transferred and press the <NEW/OLD CHK> key.
•1.00
•2.00
•3.00
•4.00
•5.00
0.00
•15.00
2. Enter the original check number and press the <SEPARATE
CHECK> key.
•1.00
•2.00
•3.00
•4.00
•5.00
0.00
•15.00
3. Select the transferring items and press the <YES> key.
REG C01
10-10-01 12:34
000001
CHECK No.222222
1 PLU0004
•4.00
1 PLU0005
•5.00
ST
•9.00
2 ST
0.00
•9.00
4. After selecting items, press the <ESC> key to terminate. The
selected items are transferred to other check.
TE-7000S/8000F/8500F Reference Manual
R-133
www.cashregisters.net
Registration
4-9.
Open check
To display or print out the opened check report of the signed on operator.
REG C01
10-10-01 12:34
000001
0.01
REG C01
15-12-03 12:34
000001
X
0000025 OPEN CHK
MC #01
REG C01
15-12-03 12:50
001190
CHECK No.1328
•100.35
MC #01
REG C01
15-12-03 12:55
001195
CHECK No.1330
MC #01
15-12-03 12:58
001205
REG C01
CHECK No.1363
1. Enter the record number of the signed on clerk.
2. Press the <OPEN CHK> key.
3. The open check report is issued or displayed (depends on the
program).
0.01
4-9.
Dutch account
This key is used to share the total payment by customer.
REG
1
1
2
C01
PLU0001
PLU0002
PLU0003
TL
CASH
10-10-01 12:34
DUTCH
000001
•12.00
•15.00
•10.00
•37.00
•37.00
3
REG
12-31-2003 12:34
C01
MC #01
000123
#00099
3CT
CHECK No.1234
DUTCH
TL
CASH
•12.34
•12.34
•12.34
1. After finalizing a receipt, enter the number of customer
(within 2-digits) and press the <DUTCH ACCOUNT> key.
2. Issue shared total receipts per customer.
REG
12-31-2003 12:34
C01
MC #01
000123
#00099
3CT
CHECK No.1234
DUTCH
TL
CASH
•12.33
•12.33
•12.33
Receipt for the last customer
Receipt for other customers
Note: The fractions are included in the last customer.
R-134
www.cashregisters.net
4-10.
Media change
This key is used to change media in drawer amounts. Pressing this key begins media change
operation.
REG C01
10-10-01 12:34
000001
MEDIA CHG
1. First press the <MEDIA CHANGE> key.
REG C01
10-10-01 12:34
000001
MEDIA CHG
•••••••••••••
CASH
-10.00
CASH
-10.00
•10.00
2. Enter the in drawer amount to be changed and press the media
key to be changed.
REG C01
10-10-01 12:34
000001
MEDIA CHG
•••••••••••••
CASH
-10.00
CHECK
•2.00
CHECK
•2.00
•8.00
3. Enter the amount to change and press the media to change,
until the change amount equals to the changed amount.
REG C01
10-10-01 12:34
000001
MEDIA CHG
•••••••••••••
CASH
-10.00
CHECK
•2.00
CREDIT
•8.00
CREDIT
•8.00
TE-7000S/8000F/8500F Reference Manual
R-135
www.cashregisters.net
Registration
4-11.
Eat-in / Takeout
This function is used for specifying if the customer eat in the restaurant or takeout.
When the <EAT-IN> or <TAKEOUT> key is pressed before finalization, tax exemption
will be applied.
After registering one of these keys, it is impossible to register items except void, cancel,
subtotal, finalize and partial payment (including subtotal according to the currency
conversion.) If you want to release the compulsory, press the <OPEN 2> key.
Be sure to program before using this function.
Example of receipt image
1 Hamburger
1 French fries
1 Coffee
TAKE-OUT
4-12.
•2.00
•1.50
•1.00
Scanning PLU
This function is used for registering PLU items by scanner or OBR code <OBR>.
Before using this function, you should allocate the scanning PLU link file (file no. 16),
program the start record number of scanning PLU link (page 43 of the programming
manual) and OBR code to the scanning PLU link file. Applicable OBR codes are EAN13, EAN-8 and UPC-A.
To register a scanning PLU item
REG C01
1 PLU0100
10-10-01 12:34
PLU0100
1
REG C01
1 PLU0100
1 PLU0101
ST
10-10-01 12:34
PLU0101
2
ST
000001
•1.00
•1.00
•1.00
1. Just scan the item PLU0100.
000001
•1.00
•2.00
•2.00
•3.00
2. Enter the OBR code on the label and press the <OBR> key.
R-136
www.cashregisters.net
4-13.
Shift PLU
This key is used to shift a flat PLU key to the n-th (n = 1 ~ 8) level.
Before using this function, you should allocate the shift PLU file (file-055), allocate the
<SHIFT PLU> keys, and program the shift level (1 ~ 8) to each <SHIFT PLU> key. Since
the shift PLU file has 7 (level 2 ~ 8) unit prices, counters and totalizers, you can see the sales
quantity / amount of an item by size (S, M, L), quantity etc.
Registration example
REG
1
1
1
C01
PLU0001
PLU0001
PLU0001
CASH
10-10-01 12:34
000001
•1.00
•2.00
•3.00
•6.00
1. Register <PLU0001>
level-2 200 <PLU0001>
level-3 <PLU0001>
4-14.
OPERATION
<PLU0001>
<SHIFT PLU (level2)>
200 <PLU0001>
<SHIFT PLU (level3)>
<PLU0001>
<CASH>
Printing barcode on receipts (UP-350 only)
This function is used for registering old check by scanning the barcode on the new balance
receipt or issuing guest receipt by scanning the barcode on the finalizing receipt.
Example of receipt image
1 Hamburger
1 French fries
1 Coffee
NB
2800000012342
$2.00
$1.50
$1.00
$4.50
— Barcode
— Numeric code
Check number (within 4-digits)
After <NEW BALANCE> = 28
Flag code:
After Finalization = 29
TE-7000S/8000F/8500F Reference Manual
R-137
www.cashregisters.net
Registration
4-15.
Round repeat function
This function is used for repeating registrated items of the last receipt finalized by <NEW
BALANCE> key in check tracking system or clerk interrupt operation.
REG C01
10-10-01 12:34
000001
CHECK No.1111
1 PLU0001
•1.00
1 PLU0002
•2.00
1 PLU0003
•3.00
SRVC TL
•6.00
NB
REG C01
10-10-01 12:34
CHECK No.1111
NEW/OLD
•6.00
1. To issue the original receipt.
1111 <NEW/OLD>
<PLU0001>
<PLU0002>
<PLU0003>
<NEW BALANCE>
000001
1111
•0.00
2. Enter the check number of this receipt and press the <NEW/
OLD> key.
REG C01
10-10-01 12:34
000001
CHECK No.1111
1 PLU0001
•1.00
1 PLU0002
•2.00
1 PLU0003
•3.00
SRVC TL
•6.00
NB
•6.00
3. Press <ROUND REPEAT> to recall the last receipt.
R-138
www.cashregisters.net
5.
Refund mode operation ....................................................................... R-140
5-1.
Selecting REF or REG– Mode .................................................................... R-140
TE-7000S/8000F/8500F Reference Manual
R-139
www.cashregisters.net
Refund Mode
5.
Refund mode operation
The general procedure for entering the REF or REG– mode is as follows.
5-1.
Selecting REF or REG– Mode
After sign on operation, pressing the <REG MODE> key turns the mode to REF Mode and
REG– Mode.
Refund registration or register minus (REG–) registration starts with this operation.
REG C01
10-10-01 12:34
000001
REG Mode
C01
RF C01
10-10-01 12:34
000001
REFUND Mode
C01
R- C01
10-10-01 12:34
000001
REG- Mode
C01
Note: Key operations are similar to that in the register mode.
To avoid miss-registration in the REF or REG– mode, return the mode to the former
one immediately.
R-140
www.cashregisters.net
6.
Read and reset operations .................................................................. R-142
6-1.
6-2.
The procedures of reading or resetting ....................................................... R-142
Report sample............................................................................................. R-143
TE-7000S/8000F/8500F Reference Manual
R-141
www.cashregisters.net
Read and Reset
6.
Read and reset operations
By setting the mode to the X or Z, the contents of totalizers and counters are enabled to read.
The X mode allows report at any time during business hours. The Z mode is only performed
at the end of the business day, since it clears the data stored to the totalizers and counters.
6-1.
The procedures of reading or resetting
X/Z C01
15-12-96 12:34
000000
1. Sign on a clerk (if necessary).
2. Press <X/Z MODE> to assign X/Z report.
X/Z Report
1.Daily
X
2.Periodic(1) X
3.Periodic(2) X
4.Daily
Z
5.Periodic(1) Z
6.Periodic(2) Z
7.Time&Attendance
0.00
3. Select the appropriate menu you want by following the
guidances. The hierarchy of the X/Z menus are described
below.
Refer to page 99, 100 of this manual for X/Z command.
X/Z Report
Daily X
Batch
Cashier/Clerk
Open Check
E-journal
Others
Periodic 1 X
Batch
Cashier/Clerk
Others
Periodic 2 X
Daily Z
Periodic 1 Z
Periodic 2 Z
Time & Attendance
R-142
Batch 1 ~ n (n = 1 ~ 10)
(n: allocated batch number)
Individual
All clerk
Individual
Clerk
All
Only total (X only)
All Information (X only)
All
Date & Consecutive number (X only)
Reset only (Z only)
Individual key
(Daily X/Z only)
Flash
(Daily X only)
Fixed totalizer
Free Function
PLU
PLU stock
(Daily X/Z only)
Sub Department
Department
Group
Hourly sales
Monthly sales
Table analysis
Void
Hourly product
IDC
IDC (1) clear (Z only)
IDC (2) clear (Z only)
IDC (3) clear (Z only)
Same as Daily X
Same as Daily X
Same as Daily X
Same as Periodic 1 X
Same as Daily X
Same as Periodic 1 X
Same as Periodic 2 X
Employee activity
Employee
Employee edit
Hourly Labor
www.cashregisters.net
6-2.
Report sample
Cashier / clerk report
Z
CASHIER/CLERK
123 — Mode / Report title / Z No. (Z only)
0001017 — Report code
••••••••••••1 — Clerk name / Drawer No.
35
— Gross sales title / Gross counter
•38.00 — Gross totalizer
No
10
— Net sales title / Net counter
•38.00 — Net totalizer
•35.00 — Cash in drawer title / Cash in drawer
•3.00 — Charge in drawer title / Charge in drawer
•0.00 — Check in drawer title / Check in drawer
•0.00 — Credit in drawer title / Credit in drawer
No
10
— Cash key descriptor / Counter
•35.00 — Totalizer
C01
GROSS
NET
CAID
CHID
CKID
CRID
CASH
— Manager report
----------------------------C03
GROSS
••••••••••••1
21
•45.00
No
5
•40.00
•35.00
•3.00
•0.00
•0.00
No
10
•35.00
NET
CAID
CHID
CKID
CRID
CASH
— Cashier report
----------------------------C10
GROSS
••••••••••••1
10
•18.00
No
8
•18.00
•15.00
•3.00
•0.00
•0.00
No
5
•15.00
NET
CAID
CHID
CKID
CRID
CASH
— Clerk report
Individual key
— Mode
0001095 — Report code
Z
11
— Function key descriptor / Counter
•38.00 — Totalizer
CHECK
No
0
•0.00
CREDIT
No
1
•12.00
ADD CHK
No
0
----------------------------TL
12
— TL descriptor / Counter
•50.00 — Totalizer
CASH
No
Flash
X
NET
CAID
CHID
CKID
CRID
— Mode / Report title
0000071 — Report code
FLASH
No
11
— Net sales title / Net counter
•38.00 — Net totalizer
•35.00 — Cash in drawer title / Cash in drawer
•0.00 — Charge in drawer title / Charge in drawer
•0.00 — Check in drawer title / Check in drawer
•0.00 — Credit in drawer title / Credit in drawer
TE-7000S/8000F/8500F Reference Manual
R-143
www.cashregisters.net
Read and Reset
Fixed totalizer
Z
123 — Mode / Report title / Z No. (Z only)
0001011 — Report code
FIXED TTL
35
— Gross sales title / Gross counter
•38.00 — Gross totalizer
No
11
— Net sales title / Net counter
•38.00 — Net totalizer
•35.00 — Cash in drawer title / Cash in drawer
•0.00 — Charge in drawer title / Charge in drawer
•0.00 — Check in drawer title / Check in drawer
•0.00 — Credit in drawer title / Credit in drawer
No
2
— Refund mode descriptor / Counter
•8.00 — Refund mode totalizer
CT
2
— Customer count descriptor / Counter
•0.00 — Taxable amount 1 descriptor / Taxable amount 1
•0.00 — Tax 1 descriptor / Tax 1 amount
•0.00 — Tax exempt 1 descriptor / Tax exempt amount 1
•0.00
•0.00
•0.00 — Taxable amount 10 descriptor / Taxable amount 10
•0.00 — Tax 10 descriptor / Tax 10 amount
•0.00 — Tax exempt 10 descriptor / Tax exempt amount 10
•1236901437.04 — Grand total 1 descriptor / Grand total 1
•1569567830.40 — Grand total 2 descriptor / Grand total 2
•1325670420.24 — Grand total 3 descriptor / Grand total 3
000001--->001279 — Consecutive No. range
GROSS
NET
CAID
CHID
CKID
CRID
RF
COVER
TA1
TX1
EX1
TA2
EX9
TA10
TX10
EX10
GT1
GT2
GT3
Transaction
Z
FREE FUNCTION
CASH
No
RC
No
PD
No
123 — Mode / Report title / Z No. (Z only)
0001012 — Report code
11
— Transaction key descriptor / Counter
•38.00 — Amount
2
•8.00
1
•1.00
PLU
Z
PLU
PLU0001
DISCOUNT
HOUSE BON QTY
#0001
68.25%
PLU0002
123 — Mode / Report title / Z No. (Z only)
0001014 — Report code
50
— PLU descriptor / Counter
•682.55 — Amount
-1.00 — Discount total (can be skipped)
12
— House Bon quantity (always “0” skipped)
— PLU No. (can be skipped) / Sales ratio (can be skipped)
25
•32.00
-5.00
HOUSE BON
#0100
3.2%
----------------------------TL
75
•714.55
DISCOUNT
-6.00
HOUSE BON QTY
12
71.45%
R-144
www.cashregisters.net
PLU (with shift PLU)
Z
123 — Mode / Report title / Z No. (Z only)
0001014 — Report code
PLU
PLU0001
DISCOUNT
HOUSE BON QTY
#0001
68.25%
@1
@2
50
— PLU descriptor / Counter
•682.55 — Amount
•1.00 — Discount total (can be skipped)
12
— House Bon quantity (can be skipped)
— PLU No. (can be skipped) / Sales ratio (can be skipped)
1
— 1st unit price descriptor / Counter
•1.23 — Amount
2
•2.50
@8
•6.37
25
•32.00
•5.00
PLU0002
DISCOUNT
PLU (by range)
X
— Mode / Report title / Z No. (Z only)
0010074 — Report code
PLU
— PLU range
#0001-#0002
PLU0001
DISCOUNT
HOUSE BON QTY
#0001
68.25%
PLU0002
50
— PLU descriptor / Counter
•682.55 — Amount
-1.00 — Discount total (can be skipped)
12
— House Bon quantity (can be skipped)
— PLU No. (can be skipped) / Sales ratio (can be skipped)
25
•32.00
-5.00
10
DISCOUNT
HOUSE BON QTY
#0002
3.2%
----------------------------TL
75
•714.55
DISCOUNT
-6.00
HOUSE BON QTY
22
71.45%
PLU (by group / dept / subdept)
X
PLU
— Mode / Report title / Z No. (Z only)
1000014 — Mode / Report title
•••••••••••01 — Group (dept / subdept) title
50
— PLU descriptor / Counter
•682.55 — Amount
DISCOUNT
-1.00 — Discount total (can be skipped)
#0001
68.25%
— PLU No. (can be skipped) / Sales ratio (can be skipped)
PLU0002
25
•32.00
DISCOUNT
-5.00
#0002
3.2%
----------------------------TL
75
•714.55 — Total by group (dept / subdept) / Counter / Amount
DISCOUNT
-6.00
71.45%
GROUP01
PLU0001
GROUP02
•••••••••••02
•••••••••••••••••••••••••••00
PLU0005
1
•2.00 — Non Group (dept / subdept) link items
DISCOUNT
•0.00
#0005
0.2%
----------------------------TL
1
•2.00
DISCOUNT
•0.00
0.2%
TE-7000S/8000F/8500F Reference Manual
R-145
www.cashregisters.net
Read and Reset
PLU (by order character)
X
PLU
— Mode / Report title / Z No. (Z only)
4000014 — Report code
•••••••••••01 — Order title
50
— PLU descriptor / Counter
•682.55 — Amount
DISCOUNT
-1.00 — Discount total (can be skipped)
#0001
68.25%
— PLU No. (can be skipped) / Sales ratio (can be skipped)
PLU0002
25
•32.00
DISCOUNT
-5.00
#0002
3.2%
----------------------------TL
75
•714.55 — Total by order / Counter / Amount
DISCOUNT
-6.00
71.45%
ORDER01
PLU0001
ORDER02
PLU0005
•••••••••••02
1
— Non order character link item
•2.00
•0.00
DISCOUNT
#0005
0.2%
----------------------------TL
1
•2.00
DISCOUNT
•0.00
0.2%
PLU zero sales
X
PLU
PLU0001
DISCOUNT
#0001
PLU0002
— Mode / Report title
0100014 — Report code
0
— PLU descriptor / Counter
•0.00 — Amount
•0.00
— PLU No. (can be skipped)
0
•0.00
----------------------------TL
0
•0.00
DISCOUNT
•0.00
PLU zero sales (by group / dept / subdept / order)
X
PLU
GROUP01
PLU0001
DISCOUNT
#0001
PLU0002
GROUP02
— Mode / Report title
1100014 — Report code
•••••••••••01 — Group (dept / subdept / order character) title
0
•0.00 — PLU descriptor / Counter / Amount
•0.00
— PLU No. (can be skipped)
0
•0.00
•••••••••••02
----------------------------TL
0
•0.00
DISCOUNT
•0.00
R-146
www.cashregisters.net
PLU stock / PLU less stock
X
— Mode / Report title / Z No. (Z only)
0000064 — Report code
PLU STOCK
10
— PLU descriptor / Minimum stock level
123.45 — Current stock
— PLU No. (can be skipped)
* 25
— * short stock
20
PLU0001
#0001
PLU0002
#0002
:
PLU stock / PLU less stock (by range)
X
— Mode / Report title / Z No. (Z only)
0010064 — Report code
PLU STOCK
— Range
#0001-#0002
10
— PLU descriptor / Minimum stock level
123.45 — Current stock
— PLU No. (can be skipped)
* 25
— * short stock
20
PLU0001
#0001
PLU0002
#0002
:
PLU stock (by group / dept / subdept / order)
X
— Mode / Report code / Report title / Z No. (Z only)
PLU STOCK
1000064
GROUP01
PLU0001
#0001
PLU0002
•••••••••••01 — Link group (dept / subdept / order) title
10
— PLU descriptor / Minimum stock level
123.45 — Current stock
— PLU No. (can be skipped)
* 25
— * short stock
20
#0002
TE-7000S/8000F/8500F Reference Manual
R-147
www.cashregisters.net
Read and Reset
Subdepartment (all)
Z
123 — Mode / Report title / Z No. (Z only)
0001013 — Report code
SUB DEPT
24
— Subdepartment descriptor / Counter
•82.55 — Amount
-1.00 — Discount total (can be skipped)
— Sales ratio (can be skipped)
25
•32.00
-2.00
SUBDEPT01
DISCOUNT
70.82%
SUBDEPT02
DISCOUNT
27.45%
----------------------------TL
151
•156.55
DISCOUNT
-3.00
100.00%
Subdepartment (by range)
X
— Mode / Report title / Z No. (Z only)
0010013 — Report code
SUB DEPT
— Range
#0001-#0002
SUBDEPT01
DISCOUNT
70.82%
SUBDEPT02
DISCOUNT
24
— Subdepartment descriptor / Counter
•82.55 — Amount
-1.00 — Discount total (can be skipped)
— Sales ratio (can be skipped)
25
•32.00
-2.00
27.45%
----------------------------TL
49
•114.55
DISCOUNT
-3.00
98.27%
Subdepartment (by group / dept)
X
SUB DEPT
— Mode / Report title / Z No. (Z only)
1000013 — Report code
••••••••••••01 — Group title
24
— Subdepartment descriptor / Counter
•82.55 — Amount
DISCOUNT
•1.00 — Discount total (can be skipped)
70.82%
— Sales ratio (can be skipped)
SUBDEPT02
25
•32.00
DISCOUNT
•2.00
27.45%
----------------------------TL
49
•114.55
DISCOUNT
•3.00
98.27%
GROUP01
SUBDEPT01
SUBDEPT04
DISCOUNT
1
— No group link items
•1.00
•0.00
0.87%
----------------------------TL
1
•1.00
DISCOUNT
•0.00
0.87%
R-148
www.cashregisters.net
Subdepartment zero sales
X
— Mode / Report title
0100013 — Report code
SUB DEPT
0
— Subdepartment descriptor / Counter
•0.00 — Amount
•0.00 — Discount total (can be skipped)
0
•0.00
•0.00
SUBDEPT03
DISCOUNT
SUBDEPT04
DISCOUNT
----------------------------TL
0
•0.00
DISCOUNT
•0.00
Subdepartment zero sales (by group / dept)
X
— Mode / Report title
1100013 — Report code
SUB DEPT
•••••••••••01 — Group title
0
— Subdepartment descriptor / Counter
•0.00 — Amount
DISCOUNT
•0.00 — Discount total (can be skipped)
SUBDEPT04
0
•0.00
DISCOUNT
•0.00
---------------------------TL
0
•0.00
GROUP01
SUBDEPT03
0
— No group link items
•0.00
DISCOUNT
•0.00
---------------------------TL
0
•0.00
DISCOUNT
•0.00
SUBDEPT08
Department (all)
X
— Mode / Report code / Report title / Z No. (Z only)
DEPT
0000015
DEPT01
DISCOUNT
70.82%
DEPT02
DISCOUNT
24
— Department descriptor / Counter
•82.55 — Amount
-1.00 — Discount total (can be skipped)
— Sales ratio (can be skipped)
25
•32.00
-2.00
27.45%
----------------------------TL
151
•156.55
DISCOUNT
-3.00
100.00%
TE-7000S/8000F/8500F Reference Manual
R-149
www.cashregisters.net
Read and Reset
Department (by range)
X
— Mode / Report title / Z No. (Z only)
0010015 — Report code
DEPT
— Range
#0001-#0002
DEPT01
DISCOUNT
70.82%
DEPT02
DISCOUNT
24
— Department descriptor / Counter
•82.55 — Amount
-1.00 — Discount total (can be skipped)
— Sales ratio (can be skipped)
25
•32.00
-2.00
27.45%
----------------------------TL
49
•114.55
DISCOUNT
-3.00
98.27%
Department (by group)
X
DEPT
— Mode / Report title / Z No. (Z only)
1000015 — Report code
•••••••••••01 — Group title
24
— Department descriptor / Counter
•82.55 — Amount
DISCOUNT
-1.00 — Discount total (can be skipped)
70.82%
— Sales ratio (can be skipped)
DEPT02
25
•32.00
DISCOUNT
-2.00
27.45%
----------------------------TL
49
•114.55
DISCOUNT
-3.00
98.27%
GROUP01
DEPT01
DEPT04
DISCOUNT
1
— No group link items
•1.00
-0.00
0.87%
----------------------------TL
1
•1.00
DISCOUNT
-0.00
0.87%
Department zero sales
X
— Mode / Report code / Report title
DEPT
0100015
DEPT01
0
•0.00 — Department descriptor / Counter / Amount
DISCOUNT
•0.00 — Discount total (can be skipped)
DEPT02
0
•0.00
DISCOUNT
•0.00
----------------------------TL
0
•0.00
DISCOUNT
•0.00
R-150
www.cashregisters.net
Department zero sales (by group)
X
— Mode / Report title
1100015 — Report code
DEPT
•••••••••••01 — Group title
0
— Department descriptor / Counter
•0.00 — Amount
DISCOUNT
•0.00 — Discount total (can be skipped)
DEPT02
0
•0.00
DISCOUNT
•0.00
----------------------------TL
0
•0.00
GROUP01
DEPT01
0
— No group link items
•0.00
DISCOUNT
•0.00
----------------------------TL
0
•0.00
DISCOUNT
•0.00
DEPT04
Group
X
— Mode / Report code / Report title / Z No. (Z only)
GROUP
0000016
GROUP01
6
•163.54 — Group descriptor / Counter / Amount
— Sales ratio (can be skipped)
2
•2.55
1.63%
GROUP02
0.02%
----------------------------TL
8
•166.09
1.65%
Hourly sales
Z
123 — Mode / Report title / Z No. (Z only)
0001019 — Report code
HOURLY
09:00->10:00
1.63%
CT
10:00->11:00
1
— Time frame / Net counter
•63.54 — Net amount
— Sales ratio (can be skipped)
1
•63.54 — Customer counter / Gross amount
2
•122.55
3.52%
CT
2
•122.55
TE-7000S/8000F/8500F Reference Manual
R-151
www.cashregisters.net
Read and Reset
Monthly sales
Z
123 — Mode / Report title / Z No. (Z only)
0001020 — Report code
MONTHLY
7 ......
GROSS
NET
No
— Day of the month
52
— Gross counter
•680.57 — Gross amount
12
— Net counter
•680.50 — Net amount
8 ......
GROSS
78
•1,034.59
NET
No
37
•1,034.57
----------------------------TL
GROSS
130
•1,715.16
•13.19 — Average gross sales
NET
49
•1,715.07
•35.00 — Average net sales
Table analysis
Z
TABLE ANALYSIS
TBL0001
CT
TBL0002
50.12%
CT
123 — Mode / Report title / Z No. (Z only)
0001028 — Report code
12
— Table No. / Customer count
•680.57 — Net amount
— Sales ratio (can be skipped)
5
•279.56
10.04%
----------------------------TL
CT
28
•1,267.97
60.16%
Void reason
Z
123 — Mode / Report title / Z No. (Z only)
0001022 — Report code
VOID REASON
OPE ERR
No
OUT OF DATE
No
No
12
— Void reason / Counter
•80.50 — Amount
10
40.42
0
•0.00
R-152
www.cashregisters.net
Open check
X
OPEN CHK
— Mode/Report title
0050025 — Report code
REG
07-01-01
12:34
— Mode/Date/Time
C01
MC #01
001029 — Clerk/Machine No./Consecutive No.
#000121
12CT — Table No./Cover No.
CHECK NO.001245
— Check No.
•100.35 — Subtotal amount (temporary closed by NB)
REG
07-01-01
14:31
C04
MC #02
001186
#000226
2CT
CHECK NO.001328
BUSY
•130.45 — Busy status
REG
07-01-01
14:35
C04
MC #01
001686
#000226
2CT
CHECK NO.002222
FINALIZED
•130.00 — Finalized status
CHECK NO.003333
NEW OPEN
•0.00 — Newly opened status
----------------------------TL
No
4
•360.80
Electronic journal (E-journal)
Z
E-JOURNAL
— Mode/Report title
0001058 — Report code
REG
07-11-01 16:34
C01
MC #03
001029
1 PLU0055
•100.00
0.12%
%-0.12 — Registrations
TL
•99.88
CASH
•99.88
P1
07-11-01 16:35
— Some program are made in Program 1 mode.
C01
MC #03
001030
X/Z
07-11-01 16:37
C01
MC #03
001031
X
DEPT
— Report issued
0100015
TE-7000S/8000F/8500F Reference Manual
R-153
www.cashregisters.net
Read and Reset
Employee activity
X
— Mode / Report title
0000029 — Report code
EMPLOYEE
— Employee No.
1111111111 — Employee character / Social Security No.
#000001
HARRISON
#000002
BAKER
#000003
PEABODY
#000004
JOHNSON
2222222222
3333333333
4444444444
Employee report (daily)
X
EMPLOYEE
— Mode / Report title / Z counter (Z only)
000029 — Report code
— Employee No.
123456789 — Employee character / Social Security No.
#123456
HARRISON
Monday
12-20-03 — Day of the week / Date
IN
OUT
JOB# TIP
WORK
08:00-10:00 12 •12.34 01:45 — Shift 1: Clock-in / Clock-out / Job code / Tip / Work time
BRK 00:15
— Shift 1: Break
12:00-**:** 01
•0.00 **:** — Shift 2: Clock-out shift *1
BRK 00:10
**:**-**:**
— Shift 3: Clock-in shift *2
---------------------------------------TL
00:25
•12.34 **:** — Break total / Tip total / Work time total *3
JOB# 12
01:45
JOB# 1
**:**
REGULAR TIME
OVER TIME
TL
— Job summary / Job code / Work time) *4
— Job summary *5
00:45 — Regular work hours
00:17 — Overtime work hours
01:12 — Total of work hours
•5.45 — Pay
*1
*2
*3
*4
If employee is not clocked-out the shift, then “**:**” is printed on OUT & WORK.
If employee is not clocked-in the shift, then “**:**-**:**” is printed on IN&OUT.
If employee is not clocked-out the shift yet, then “**:**” is printed on WORK.
JOB summary is printed in order to clock-in the shift.
If there is the same JOB code, then it will add to the JOB that was found before.
*5 If employee is not clocked-out the shift, then “**:**” is printed. No JOB # is printed, if
employee is not clocked-in the shift.
R-154
www.cashregisters.net
Employee report (weekly / bi-weekly)
X
EMPLOYEE
000129
#123456
HARRISON
123456789
Monday
12-21-03 — Day of the week / Date *2
IN
OUT
JOB# TIP
WORK
08:00-10:00 12 •12.34 01:45 — Shift 1
BRK 00:15
12:00-15:00 01
•0.00 02:50 — Shift 2
BRK 00:10
**:**-**:**
— Shift 3
----------------------------TL
00:25
•12.34 04:35
Tuesday
12-22-03
IN
OUT
JOB# TIP
WORK
08:00-10:00 12 •12.34 01:45
BRK 00:15
12:00-15:00 01
•0.00 02:50
BRK 00:10
**:**-**:**
----------------------------TL
00:25
•12.34 04:35
Sunday
IN
OUT
JOB#
TIP
WORK
----------------------------TL
00:00
•0.00 00:00
JOB# 12
01:45
JOB# 01
02:00
JOB# 05
02:00
JOB# 10
02:08
REGULAR TIME
OVER TIME
TL
— Job summary
00:45 — Regular work hours
00:17 — Overtime work hours
01:55 — Total of work hours
•2.04 — Pay
*1 If all shift in one day of the week is zero (no data), then that day of the week is not printed on
the report.
*2 The report always starts from Monday.
TE-7000S/8000F/8500F Reference Manual
R-155
www.cashregisters.net
Read and Reset
Hourly item
Z
HOURLY PRODUCT
1234 —Mode / Report title / Z counter (Z only)
0001031 —Report code
— Time frame
1357.956 — Totalizer character / Counter
•2,469.06 — Amount
09:00->09:30
GROSS
40%
NET
No
40%
PLU0001
12
•2,469.06
— Sales ratio (Amount / Total amount of each time frame)
1234.5
•1,234.50
20%
•••••••••••••••••••••••••••••
9.89%
•6,172.62 — Sales ratio (Amount /Total amount of all time frame)/Total
Amount of this time frame
09:30->10:00
GROSS
1357.956
•2,469.06
40%
NET
No
12
•2,469.06
40%
PLU0001
1234.5
•1,234.50
20%
•••••••••••••••••••••••••••••
19:30->20:00
GROSS
1357.956
•2,469.06
40%
NET
No
40%
PLU0001
12
•2,469.06
1234.5
•1,234.50
20%
•••••••••••••••••••••••••••••
9.89%
•6,172.62
•62,395.07 — Total Amount of all Time frame
TL
Hourly labor report
Z
1234 — Mode / Report title / Z counter (Z only)
0001024 — Report code
HOURLY LABOR
09:00->09:30
No
82.62%
COST
0%
NET SALES/HOUR
COST/TRANSACTION
2
— Time frame / NET counter
•2,469.06 — NET Amount
— NET ratio
00:05 — Work time
•0.08 — Pay
— Pay ratio
•29,628.72 — Proceeds per work time
•0.04 — Wages per transaction
09:30->10:00
No
10
16:00->16:45
No
0
•0.00
0%
COST
0%
NET SALES/HOUR
COST/TRANSACTION
00:01
•0.00
•0.00
•0.00
R-156
www.cashregisters.net
IDC clear
Z
1 — Mode / Report title / Z counter
0001067 — Report code
Normal End
— Result print
IDC(1) Clear
TE-7000S/8000F/8500F Reference Manual
R-157
www.cashregisters.net
Read and Reset
R-158
www.cashregisters.net
A-1. Function key list .................................................................................. R-160
TE-7000S/8000F/8500F Reference Manual
R-159
www.cashregisters.net
Function key list
A-1. Function key list
Function
Add check
Arrangement
Bill copy
Break-in / out
Cancel
Cash amount tendered
Charge
Check endorsement
Check print
Check tender
Clerk number
Clerk transfer
Clock-in / out
Coupon
Coupon 2
Credit
Cube
Currency exchange
Customer number
Declaration
Department
Department number
Deposit
Discount
Display mode
Dutch account
Eat-in
Electronic journal display
Error correct / Void
First unit price
Flat PLU
House Bon
Ketten Bon
List
List number
Loan
Lock out unused key
Media change
Menu shift
Merchandise subtotal
Minus
Multiplication
New balance
New check
New / Old check
Normal receipt
No sale
Non-add
Non-add / No sale
OBR
Old check
Open
Open2
Open Check
Operator number
Operator read / Reset
Paid out
Pick up
Plus
PLU
Code
094
044
047
109
236
001
002
039
012
003
072
013
108
023
036
004
090
045
043
061
051
135
025
028
219
140
128
207
034
069
063
114
113
136
137
019
000
118
064
080
027
082
006
091
093
016
042
040
041
103
092
067
068
117
078
073
021
022
029
048
Initial character
ADD CHK
ARG
BILL
BREAK-IN/OUT
CANCEL
CASH
CHARGE
CK.E
CHKP
CHECK
CLK#
CLK TRANS
CLOCK-IN/OUT
COUPON
CPN2
CREDIT
XXX
CE
CT
DECLA
DEPT nn
DEPT#
DEPOSIT
%–
DISP MODE
DUTCH
EAT-IN
EJ DISP
VOID
1st@
PLU nnnn
HOUSE BON
X/KETTEN
LIST
LIST#
LOAN
NOP
MEDIA CHG
MENU
MDST
–
X
NB
NEW CHK
NEW/OLD
NRMRCT
NS
#
#/NS
OBR
OLD CHK
OPEN
OPEN2
OPEN CHK
OPE#
OPE X/Z
PD
P.UP
+
PLU#
Function
Post entry
Premium
Price inquiry
Price
Quantity / For
Recall
Receipt
Receipt On / Off
Received on account
Refund
Reverse display
Round repeat
Seat number
Second unit price
Selective item subtotal
Separate check
Shift PLU
Slip back feed / Release
Slip feed / Release
Slip print
Square
Stock inquiry
Store
Subdepartment
Subdepartment number
Substitution
Subtotal
Table number
Table transfer
Takeout
Tax status shift
Taxable amount subtotal
Tax exempt
Text print
Text recall
Tray total
Tip
Validation
VAT
System keys
Numeric key
Clear
Decimal point
Display On / Off
Escape / Skip
Home position
Page down
Page up
Program mode
Register mode
X/Z mode
Three zero
Two zero
Yes
No
Left arrow
Right arrow
Up arrow
Down arrow
Code
115
030
008
049
083
131
038
076
020
033
206
116
119
070
085
095
065
054
056
055
084
009
130
133
134
111
075
058
014
129
057
077
062
011
010
074
015
037
046
Initial character
POST ENTRY
%+
PRCINQ
PRC
QT
RECALL
RCT
RCT ON/OFF
RC
RF
REVERSE DSP
ROUND REPEAT
SEAT#
2nd@
SIST
SEP CHK
SFT PLU
SB/R
SF/R
SLIP
XX
STKINQ
STORE
SUBDEPT nn
SDPT#
SUBST.
SUBTOTAL
TBL#
TBL TRANS
TAKE-OUT
T/S
TAST
EXEMPT
PRT
CHAR
TRAY TTL
TIP
VLD
VAT
000n201
202
098
120
211
218
220
221
123
121
122
097
096
212
213
214
215
216
217
n=1~9, “0”=10
.
DISP ON/OFF
HOME
PAGE DOWN
PAGE UP
PGM MODE
REG MODE
X/Z MODE
000
00
R-160
www.cashregisters.net
A-2.File list ................................................................................................... R-162
TE-7000S/8000F/8500F Reference Manual
R-161
www.cashregisters.net
A-2. File list
File list
File
File description
No.
System files
074
Key table
901
System connection table
902
I/O parameter
903
Printer connection
904
Consecutive number
905
Auto program control
906
LCD color control
999
System error log
Function and total files
001
Fixed totalizer
101
(periodic total 1)
201
(periodic total 2)
301
(daily consolidation)
401
(periodic 1 consolidation)
501
(periodic 2 consolidation)
601
(consolidation work)
002
Transaction key
102
(periodic total 1)
202
(periodic total 2)
302
(daily consolidation)
402
(periodic 1 consolidation)
502
(periodic 2 consolidation)
602
(consolidation work)
003
Subdepartment
103
(periodic total 1)
203
(periodic total 2)
303
(daily consolidation)
403
(periodic 1 consolidation)
503
(periodic 2 consolidation)
603
(consolidation work)
004
PLU
104
(periodic total 1)
204
(periodic total 2)
304
(daily consolidation)
404
(periodic 1 consolidation)
504
(periodic 2 consolidation)
604
(consolidation work)
005
Department
105
(periodic total 1)
205
(periodic total 2)
305
(daily consolidation)
405
(periodic 1 consolidation)
505
(periodic 2 consolidation)
605
(consolidation work)
006
Group
106
(periodic total 1)
206
(periodic total 2)
306
(daily consolidation)
406
(periodic 1 consolidation)
506
(periodic 2 consolidation)
606
(consolidation work)
009
Hourly sales
109
(periodic total 1)
209
(periodic total 2)
309
(daily consolidation)
409
(periodic 1 consolidation)
509
(periodic 2 consolidation)
609
(consolidation work)
Record Max. No. Default
length of records rec No.
Work
size
Description
Attribution
Allocatable
42
18
5
27
3
3
8
11
192
33
15
99
5
20
10
999
192
33
15
24
5
20
0
40
194
40
33
61
33
40
33
68
Program
Program
Program
Program
Buffer
Program
Program
Buffer
No
No
No
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
26
10
10
10
10
10
10
39
10
10
10
10
10
10
57
15
15
15
15
15
15
95
30
30
30
30
30
30
57
15
15
15
15
15
15
26
10
10
10
10
10
10
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
85
85
85
85
85
85
85
999
999
999
999
999
999
999
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
9999
9999
9999
9999
9999
9999
9999
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
96
96
96
96
96
96
96
85
85
0
85
85
0
85
70
70
0
70
70
0
70
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
324
0
0
0
0
0
0
4
4
0
4
4
0
4
10
10
0
10
10
0
10
24
0
0
24
0
0
24
47
40
40
40
40
40
40
68
40
40
40
40
40
40
110
47
47
47
47
47
47
187
68
68
68
68
68
68
110
47
47
47
47
47
47
47
40
40
40
40
40
40
54
54
54
54
54
54
54
Pgm/Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Buffer
Pgm/Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Buffer
Pgm/Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Buffer
Pgm/Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Buffer
Pgm/Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Buffer
Pgm/Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Buffer
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Buffer
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
for master
for master
for master
for master
for master
for master
for master
for master
for master
for master
for master
for master
for master
for master
for master
for master
for master
for master
for master
for master
for master
for master
for master
for master
for master
for master
for master
for master
R-162
www.cashregisters.net
File
File description
No.
010
Monthly sales
110
(periodic total 1)
210
(periodic total 2)
310
(daily consolidation)
410
(periodic 1 consolidation)
510
(periodic 2 consolidation)
610
(consolidation work)
012
Void reason
112
(periodic total 1)
212
(periodic total 2)
312
(daily consolidation)
412
(periodic 1 consolidation)
512
(periodic 2 consolidation)
612
(consolidation work)
018
Table analysis
118
(periodic total 1)
218
(periodic total 2)
318
(daily consolidation)
418
(periodic 1 consolidation)
518
(periodic 2 consolidation)
618
(consolidation work)
020
Grand total
120
(periodic total 1)
220
(periodic total 2)
320
(daily consolidation)
420
(periodic 1 consolidation)
520
(periodic 2 consolidation)
620
(consolidation work)
055
Shift PLU
155
(periodic total 1)
255
(periodic total 2)
355
(daily consolidation)
455
(periodic 1 consolidation)
555
(periodic 2 consolidation)
655
(consolidation work)
Clerk
007
Clerk
030
Clerk detail link
027
Clerk (Dallas) key ID
011
Clerk detail
111
(periodic total 1)
211
(periodic total 2)
311
(daily consolidation)
411
(periodic 1 consolidation)
511
(periodic 2 consolidation)
611
(consolidation work)
Time & Attendance
014
Hourly / Labor
114
(periodic total 1)
214
(periodic total 2)
314
(daily consolidation)
414
(periodic 1 consolidation)
514
(periodic 2 consolidation)
614
(consolidation work)
019
Work time
319
(daily consolidation)
800
Time zone
801
Employee
802
Job code
Record Max. No. Default
length of records rec No.
20
32
32
20
32
0
20
32
0
20
32
32
20
32
0
20
32
0
20
32
32
29
99
0
10
99
0
10
99
0
10
99
0
10
99
0
10
99
0
10
99
0
32
99
0
10
99
0
10
99
0
10
99
0
10
99
0
10
99
0
10
99
0
24
3
3
8
3
3
8
3
0
8
3
3
8
3
3
8
3
0
8
3
3
91
9999
0
70
9999
0
70
9999
0
70
9999
0
70
9999
0
70
9999
0
70
9999
0
Work
size
54
54
54
54
54
54
54
54
40
40
40
40
40
40
61
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
33
33
33
33
33
33
173
124
124
124
124
124
124
95
4
14
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
99
99
200
9801
9801
9801
9801
9801
9801
9801
6
10
6
60
60
0
60
60
0
60
145
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
18
18
6
36
22
96
96
96
96
96
96
96
4158
4158
24
99
50
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
68
68
68
68
68
68
68
82
82
47
110
54
TE-7000S/8000F/8500F Reference Manual
for master
for master
for master
for master
Attribution
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Buffer
Pgm/Sale
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Buffer
Pgm/Sale
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Buffer
Pgm/Sale
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Buffer
Pgm/Sale
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Buffer
Allocatable
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
for master
for master
for master
for master
Program
Program
Program
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Buffer
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Buffer
Buffer
Buffer
Program
Program
Program
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Description
for master
for master
for master
for master
for master
for master
for master
for master
for master
for master
for master
for master
for master
for master
for master
for master
for master
for master
for master
for master
for master
R-163
www.cashregisters.net
File list
File
File description
No.
803
Schedule
806
Time & Attendance work
Check
015
Check Index
060
Check detail
066
Check detail work
Hourly item
021
Hourly item
121
(periodic total 1)
221
(periodic total 2)
321
(daily consolidation)
421
(periodic 1 consolidation)
521
(periodic 2 consolidation)
621
(consolidation work)
031
Hourly item link
IDC
057
IDC (1)
357
(consolidation file)
657
(consolidation work)
058
IDC (2)
358
(consolidation file)
658
(consolidation work)
059
IDC (3)
359
(consolidation file)
659
(consolidation work)
063
IDC buffer
804
IDC link
Program / message / buffer
016
Scanning PLU link
022
General control
023
Special character
024
Report header
025
Tax table
026
Pulldown group
028
Set menu table
029
Batch X/Z
032
Receipt/slip message
033
Endorse message
035
Print buffer (external printer)
036
Registration buffer
039
Character recall
041
Check print
043
Print buffer (internal printer)
044
Display buffer
047
Graphic logo (external printer)
048
Electronic journal memory
648
Electronic journal (collection)
054
PLU 2nd @
062
Scheduler
065
Order character
067
Graphic logo (internal printer)
068
Watermark
099
Euro program
Arrangement
038
Arrange group (1)
138
Arrange group (2)
238
Arrange group (3)
338
Arrange group (4)
438
Arrange group (5)
R-164
Record Max. No. Default
length of records rec No.
11
2079
0
99
1
1
Work
size
82
33
Description
Attribution
Program
Buffer
Allocatable
Yes
Yes
300
80
80
200
9999
2000
60
3660
122
40
33
33
Buffer
Buffer
Buffer
Yes
Yes
Yes
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
4
1920
1920
1920
1920
1920
1920
1920
480
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Buffer
Program
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
6
9999
9999
9999
9999
9999
9999
9999
9999
9999
9999
999
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
54
Sales
Sales
Buffer
Sales
Sales
Buffer
Sales
Sales
Buffer
Buffer
Program
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
9
6
16
16
74
103
80
9
40
40
80
80
40
3
31
40
13
41
41
47
14
16
54
54
4
300
37
58
30
10
999
999
10
96
4
999
2000
9999
9
999
1000
432/864
1000
12336
9999
99
99
168
168
3
0
37
58
30
5
15
15
4
96
4
360
120
10
9
200
100
0
120
0
0
4
10
0
0
0
40
33
33
33
117
208
166
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
96
40
33
33
33
33
Program
Program
Program
Program
Program
Program
Program
Program
Program
Program
Buffer
Buffer
Program
Program
Buffer
Buffer
Program
Buffer
Buffer
Program
Program
Program
Program
Program
Program
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
24
24
24
24
24
9999
9999
9999
9999
9999
50
0
0
0
0
33
33
33
33
33
Program
Program
Program
Program
Program
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
for master
for master
for master
for master
for master
for master
for master
for master
for master
for master
for master
The capacity consumed by each file is calculated by the formula:
Capacity = Record length × No. of records + Work size
www.cashregisters.net
A-3.
A-3-1.
A-3-1-1
A-3-1-2
A-3-2.
A-3-2-1
A-3-2-2
A-3-3.
A-3-3-1
A-3-3-2
A-3-4.
A-3-4-1
A-3-4-2
A-3-4-3
A-3-4-4
A-3-4-5
A-3-4-6
A-3-5.
A-3-5-1
A-3-5-2
A-3-6.
A-3-6-1
A-3-6-2
A-3-7.
A-3-7-1
A-3-7-2
A-3-7-3
A-3-7-4
A-3-8.
A-3-8-1
A-3-9.
A-3-9-1
A-3-10.
A-3-10-1
A-3-10-2
A-3-11.
A-3-11-1
A-3-11-2
A-3-11-3
A-3-11-4
A-3-12.
A-3-12-1
A-3-12-2.
A-3-12-3.
A-3-12-4.
A-3-12-5.
A-3-12-6.
File format .................................................................................. R-168
Fixed totalizer file ...................................................................... R-168
Fixed totalizer (daily) ................................................................................ R-168
Fixed totalizer (periodic/consolidation) ..................................................... R-168
Transaction key file ................................................................... R-169
Transaction key (daily) ............................................................................. R-169
Transaction key (periodic/consolidation) .................................................. R-169
Subdepartment file ................................................................... R-169
Subdepartment (daily) .............................................................................. R-169
Subdepartment (periodic/consolidation) ................................................... R-169
PLU file ....................................................................................... R-170
PLU (daily) ................................................................................................ R-170
PLU (periodic/consolidation) .................................................................... R-170
PLU 2nd@ ................................................................................................ R-170
Scanning PLU link .................................................................................... R-170
Shift PLU (daily) ....................................................................................... R-171
Shift PLU (periodic/consolidation) ............................................................ R-171
Department file .......................................................................... R-172
Department (daily) .................................................................................... R-172
Department (periodic/consolidation) ......................................................... R-172
Group file ................................................................................... R-173
Group (daily) ............................................................................................. R-173
Group (periodic/consolidation) ................................................................. R-173
Clerk file ..................................................................................... R-174
Clerk (programming) ................................................................................ R-174
Clerk detail (daily, periodic / consolidation) .............................................. R-175
Clerk detail link ......................................................................................... R-175
Clerk (Dallas) key ID ................................................................................ R-175
Hourly sales file ........................................................................ R-176
Hourly sales (daily, periodic/consolidation) .............................................. R-176
Monthly sales file ...................................................................... R-176
Monthly sales (daily, periodic/consolidation) ............................................ R-176
Hourly item file .......................................................................... R-177
Hourly item ............................................................................................... R-177
Hourly item link (Hourly production link) ................................................... R-177
IDC file ........................................................................................ R-178
IDC file (1) ................................................................................................ R-178
IDC file (2) ................................................................................................ R-178
IDC file (3) ................................................................................................ R-178
IDC link ..................................................................................................... R-178
Time & Attendance file ............................................................. R-179
Hourly / Labor ........................................................................................... R-179
Work time file ............................................................................................ R-179
Time zone file ........................................................................................... R-180
Employee file ............................................................................................ R-180
Job code file ............................................................................................. R-180
Schedule file ............................................................................................. R-181
TE-7000S/8000F/8500F Reference Manual
R-165
www.cashregisters.net
File Format
A-3-13.
A-3-13-1
A-3-13-2
A-3-14.
A-3-14-1
A-3-14-2
A-3-15.
A-3-15-1
A-3-15-2
A-3-16.
A-3-16-1
A-3-17.
A-3-17-1
A-3-18.
A-3-18-1
A-3-19.
A-3-19-1
A-3-20.
A-3-20-1
A-3-21.
A-3-21-1
A-3-22.
A-3-22-1
A-3-23.
A-3-23-1
A-3-24.
A-3-24-1
A-3-25.
A-3-25-1
A-3-26.
A-3-26-1
A-3-27.
A-3-27-1
A-3-28.
A-3-28-1
A-3-28-2
A-3-28-3
A-3-29.
A-3-29-1
A-3-30.
A-3-30-1
A-3-31.
A-3-31-1
Void table file ............................................................................. R-182
Void table (daily) ....................................................................................... R-182
Void table (periodic/consolidation) ............................................................ R-182
Table analysis file ...................................................................... R-182
Table analysis (daily) ................................................................................ R-182
Table analysis (periodic/consolidation) ..................................................... R-182
Grand total file ........................................................................... R-183
Grand total (daily) ..................................................................................... R-183
Grand total (periodic/consolidation) .......................................................... R-183
General control file ................................................................... R-184
General control ......................................................................................... R-184
Special character file ................................................................ R-185
Special character ...................................................................................... R-185
Report header file ..................................................................... R-185
Report header .......................................................................................... R-185
Tax table file............................................................................... R-186
Tax table ................................................................................................... R-186
Pulldown group file ................................................................... R-186
Pulldown group ......................................................................................... R-186
Set menu table file .................................................................... R-186
Set menu table ......................................................................................... R-186
Batch X/Z file ............................................................................. R-187
Batch X/Z .................................................................................................. R-187
Receipt / Slip message file ....................................................... R-187
Receipt / Slip message ............................................................................. R-187
Check endorsement message file ........................................... R-187
Check endorsement message .................................................................. R-187
Arrangement file ....................................................................... R-188
Arrangement group (1) ~ (5) .................................................................... R-188
Character recall file ................................................................... R-188
Character recall ........................................................................................ R-188
Check print file .......................................................................... R-188
Check print ............................................................................................... R-188
Graphic logo file ........................................................................ R-188
Graphic logo (external printer) .................................................................. R-188
Graphic logo (internal printer) ................................................................... R-189
Watermark (internal printer)...................................................................... R-189
Scheduler file ............................................................................ R-189
Scheduler ................................................................................................. R-189
Order character file ................................................................... R-189
Order character ........................................................................................ R-189
Euro program file ...................................................................... R-190
Euro program file ...................................................................................... R-190
R-166
www.cashregisters.net
A-3-32.
A-3-32-1
A-3-32-2
A-3-32-3
A-3-32-4
A-3-32-5
A-3-32-6
A-3-32-7
System files ............................................................................... R-191
Key table .................................................................................................. R-191
System connection table .......................................................................... R-191
I/O parameter table .................................................................................. R-192
Printer connection table ............................................................................ R-192
System error log ....................................................................................... R-192
Auto program control ................................................................................ R-192
LCD color control ...................................................................................... R-192
TE-7000S/8000F/8500F Reference Manual
R-167
www.cashregisters.net
File Format
A-3. File format
A-3-1.
Fixed totalizer file
A-3-1-1
Fixed totalizer (daily)
File name: Fixed totalizer (daily)
0
16
Character
A-3-1-2
Max. allocatable records: 85 (fixed)
File No.:
File No.:
File No.:
File No.:
File No.:
File No.:
Max. allocatable records: 85 (fixed)
Max. allocatable records: 85 (fixed)
Max. allocatable records: 85 (fixed)
Max. allocatable records: 85 (fixed)
Max. allocatable records: 85 (fixed)
Max. allocatable records: 85 (fixed)
26
Counter Totalizer
Fixed totalizer (periodic/consolidation)
File name:
File name:
File name:
File name:
File name:
File name:
0
21
File No.: 001
5
Fixed totalizer (periodic 1)
Fixed totalizer (periodic 2)
Fixed totalizer (daily consolidation)
Fixed totalizer (periodic 1 consolidation)
Fixed totalizer (periodic 2 consolidation)
Fixed totalizer (consolidation work)
101
201
301
401
501
601
10
No. of
Totalizer
customer
Rec No.
001
002
003
004
005
006
007
008
009
010
011
012
013
014
015
016
017
018
019 ~ 022
023
024
025
026
027
028
029
030
031
032
033
034
035
036
037
038
039
040
041
Contents
Gross sales total
Net sales total
Cash in drawer
Cash declared amount (not used)
Declared short cash amount (not used)
Declared over cash amount (not used)
Charge in drawer
Charge declared amount (not used)
Declared short charge amount (not used)
Declared over charge amount (not used)
Check in drawer
Check declared amount (not used)
Declared short check amount (not used)
Declared over check amount (not used)
Credit in drawer
Credit declared amount (not used)
Declared short credit amount (not used)
Declared over credit amount (not used)
Not used
Refund mode total
Customer count
Average sales per customer
Check cashing service fee
New Balance fee
Not used
Clerk commission 1 total
Clerk commission 2 total
Foreign currency cash in drawer 1
Foreign currency check in drawer 1
Foreign currency cash in drawer 2
Foreign currency check in drawer 2
Foreign currency cash in drawer 3
Foreign currency check in drawer 3
Reduction
Item return
Clear count
Not used
Rounding
Rec No.
042
043 ~ 049
050
051
052
053
054
055
056
057
058
059
060
061
062
063
064
065
066
067
068
069
070
071
072
073
074
075
076
077
078
079
080
081
082
083
084
085
Contents
ST transfer void
Not used
Taxable amount 1
Tax 1
Tax exempt 1
Taxable amount 2
Tax 2
Tax exempt 2
Taxable amount 3
Tax 3
Tax exempt 3
Taxable amount 4
Tax 4
Tax exempt 4
Taxable amount 5
Tax 5
Tax exempt 5
Taxable amount 6
Tax 6
Tax exempt 6
Taxable amount 7
Tax 7
Tax exempt 7
Taxable amount 8
Tax 8
Tax exempt 8
Taxable amount 9
Tax 9
Tax exempt 9
Taxable amount 10
Tax 10
Tax exempt 10
Euro cash in drawer
Euro charge in drawer
Euro check in drawer
Euro credit in drawer
Coupon total
Money declaration count
R-168
www.cashregisters.net
A-3-2.
Transaction key file
A-3-2-1
Transaction key (daily)
File name: Transaction key (daily)
18
Function code
0 2
A-3-2-2
File No.: 002
Character
25
Program
29
34
39
@/Rate Counter Totalizer
Transaction key (periodic/consolidation)
File name:
File name:
File name:
File name:
Transaction key (periodic 1)
File No.:
Transaction key (periodic 2)
File No.:
Transaction key (daily consolidation)
File No.:
Transaction key (periodic 1 consolidation)
File No.:
File name: Transaction key (periodic 2 consolidation)
File No.:
File name: Transaction key (consolidation work)
File No.:
0
Max. allocatable records: 999
5
102
202
302
Max. allocatable records: 999
Max. allocatable records: 999
Max. allocatable records: 999
402
Max. allocatable records: 999
502
602
Max. allocatable records: 999
Max. allocatable records: 999
10
No. of
Totalizer
customer
Subdepartment file
A-3-3-1
Subdepartment (daily)
File name: Subdepartment (daily)
0
16
Character
A-3-3-2
Program
26
Link
29
Max. allocatable records: 99
32 33 34 36
@ HALO
42
Pulldown
Group
link
47
52
Counter Totalizer
57
Discount
totalizer
Subdepartment (periodic/consolidation)
File name:
File name:
File name:
File name:
File name:
File name:
0
File No.: 003
23
Double Bon
Order char. link
Order
A-3-3.
5
Subdepartment (periodic 1)
File No.:
Subdepartment (periodic 2)
File No.:
Subdepartment (daily consolidation)
File No.:
Subdepartment (periodic 1 consolidation) File No.:
Subdepartment (periodic 2 consolidation) File No.:
Subdepartment (consolidation work)
File No.:
10
103
203
303
403
503
603
Max. allocatable records: 99
Max. allocatable records: 99
Max. allocatable records: 99
Max. allocatable records: 99
Max. allocatable records: 99
Max. allocatable records: 99
15
Counter Totalizer Discount
totalizer
TE-7000S/8000F/8500F Reference Manual
R-169
www.cashregisters.net
File Format
File name: PLU
File No.: 004
0
24
Program
Character
55
61
Pulldown
Group
link
A-3-4-2
65
75
80
Max. allocatable records: 9999
34
37
Link
@
85
Stock Counter Totalizer Discount
totalizer
quantity
Not
used
90
Not
used
40
43
46 48
51 52 53 55
HALO
95
House
Bon
quantity
PLU (periodic/consolidation)
File name:
File name:
File name:
File name:
File name:
File name:
0
70
31
Double Bon
Order char. link
Order
PLU (daily)
Minimum
stock
Set menu
link
A-3-4-1
Unit stock
PLU file
Random
code
A-3-4.
PLU (periodic 1)
PLU (periodic 2)
PLU (daily consolidation)
PLU (periodic 1 consolidation)
PLU (periodic 2 consolidation)
PLU (consolidation work)
10
5
15
File No.:
File No.:
File No.:
File No.:
File No.:
File No.:
20
104
204
304
404
504
604
Max. allocatable records: 9999
Max. allocatable records: 9999
Max. allocatable records: 9999
Max. allocatable records: 9999
Max. allocatable records: 9999
Max. allocatable records: 9999
File No.: 054
Max. allocatable records: 9999
25
30
House
Stock Counter Totalizer Discount Not used
Bon
quantity
totalizer
quantity
A-3-4-3
PLU 2nd@
File name: PLU 2nd@
0
24
Character
A-3-4-4
Program
34
37
40
43
2nd Unit
Link 2nd@ Q'ty stock
47
Not
used
Scanning PLU link
File name: Scanning PLU link
0
31
7
File No.: 016
Max. allocatable records: 300
9
Link
OBR code PLU
rec-#
R-170
www.cashregisters.net
A-3-4-5
Shift PLU (daily)
File name: Shift PLU
61
66
18
71
21
Unit price
shift 8
15
Unit price
shift 7
12
Unit price
shift 5
Unit price
shift 3
Unit price
shift 2
56
9
Unit price
shift 6
6
3
Unit price
shift 4
0
File No.: 055
76
26
31
36
Max. allocatable records: 9999
41
46
51
Counter Totalizer Counter Totalizer Counter Totalizer Counter
shift 2
shift 2
shift 3
shift 3
shift 4
shift 4
shift 5
81
86
91
Totalizer Counter Totalizer Counter Totalizer Counter Totalizer
shift 5
shift 8
shift 6
shift 6
shift 7
shift 7
shift 8
A-3-4-6
Shift PLU (periodic/consolidation)
File name:
File name:
File name:
File name:
File name:
File name:
0
5
Shift PLU (periodic 1)
Shift PLU (periodic 2)
Shift PLU (daily consolidation)
Shift PLU (periodic 1 consolidation)
Shift PLU (periodic 2 consolidation)
Shift PLU (consolidation work)
10
15
20
25
File No.:
File No.:
File No.:
File No.:
File No.:
File No.:
30
155
255
355
455
555
655
35
Max. allocatable records: 9999
Max. allocatable records: 9999
Max. allocatable records: 9999
Max. allocatable records: 9999
Max. allocatable records: 9999
Max. allocatable records: 9999
40
45
50
55
Counter Totalizer Counter Totalizer Counter Totalizer Counter Totalizer Counter Totalizer Counter
shift 2
shift 2
shift 3
shift 3
shift 4
shift 4
shift 5
shift 5
shift 6
shift 6
shift 7
55
60
65
70
Totalizer Counter Totalizer
shift 7
shift 8
shift 8
TE-7000S/8000F/8500F Reference Manual
R-171
www.cashregisters.net
File Format
Department file
A-3-5-1
Department (daily)
File name: Department (daily)
0
16
Character
A-3-5-2
23
Program
26
Link
29
Max. allocatable records: 99
32 33 34 36
@ HALO
42
Pulldown
Group
link
47
52
Counter Totalizer
57
Discount
totalizer
Department (periodic/consolidation)
File name:
File name:
File name:
File name:
File name:
File name:
0
File No.: 005
Double Bon
Order char. link
Order
A-3-5.
5
Department (periodic 1)
Department (periodic 2)
Department (daily consolidation)
Department (periodic 1 consolidation)
Department (periodic 2 consolidation)
Department (consolidation work)
10
File No.:
File No.:
File No.:
File No.:
File No.:
File No.:
105
205
305
405
505
605
Max. allocatable records: 99
Max. allocatable records: 99
Max. allocatable records: 99
Max. allocatable records: 99
Max. allocatable records: 99
Max. allocatable records: 99
15
Counter Totalizer Discount
totalizer
The contents of each field for PLU, department, subdepartment and PLU 2nd@
Program field for PLU, department, subdepartment, PLU 2nd@
Refer to the “Elementary program” on page 215 of the programming manual.
Link field (for PLU, subdepartment, department, PLU 2nd@)
Refer to the “Field 11-066” on page 216 of the programming manual.
Random code field (for PLU)
Refer to the “Field 12-066” on page 216 of the programming manual.
Set menu link field (for PLU)
Refer to the “Field 13-066” on page 216 of the programming manual.
Unit/minimum stock field (for PLU, PLU 2nd@)
Refer to the “Field 14-066-1/-2” on page 216 of the programming manual.
HALO field (for PLU, subdepartment, department)
Refer to the “Field 15-066” on page 216 of the programming manual.
Order character link field (for PLU, subdepartment, department)
Refer to the “Field 16-066” on page 216 of the programming manual.
Double Bon field (for PLU, subdepartment, department)
Refer to the “Field 17-066” on page 217 of the programming manual.
Order character link field (for PLU, subdepartment, department)
Refer to the “Field 20-066” on page 217 of the programming manual.
Pulldown group field (for PLU, subdepartment, department)
Refer to the “Field 21-066” on page 217 of the programming manual.
R-172
www.cashregisters.net
A-3-6.
Group file
A-3-6-1
Group (daily)
File name: Group (daily)
0
16
Character
A-3-6-2
Max. allocatable records: 99
File No.:
File No.:
File No.:
File No.:
File No.:
File No.:
Max. allocatable records: 99
Max. allocatable records: 99
Max. allocatable records: 99
Max. allocatable records: 99
Max. allocatable records: 99
Max. allocatable records: 99
26
Counter Totalizer
Group (periodic/consolidation)
File name:
File name:
File name:
File name:
File name:
File name:
0
21
File No.: 006
5
Group (periodic 1)
Group (periodic 2)
Group (daily consolidation)
Group (periodic 1 consolidation)
Group (periodic 2 consolidation)
Group (consolidation work)
106
206
306
406
506
606
10
No. of
Totalizer
customer
TE-7000S/8000F/8500F Reference Manual
R-173
www.cashregisters.net
File Format
A-3-7.
Clerk file
A-3-7-1
Clerk (programming)
File name: Clerk (programming)
Character
59
65
19 20 22
71
77
Clerk
control
27
31
Commission
rate
16
Clerk interrupt
check #
Drawer #
Clerk #
0
File No.: 007
37
Table #
range
83
Function Function
Function Function Arrangement
control (2) control (3) control (4) control (5)
control
Max. allocatable records: 99
42
Menu/@
control
89
Report
control
47
Mode
control
53
Function
control (1)
95
not used
Commission rate
Refer to the “Commission rate” on page 202 of the programming manual.
Table range
Refer to the “Table range” on page 202 of the programming manual.
Clerk control
Refer to the “Record 01-067” on page 203 of the programming manual.
Menu/@ control
Refer to the “Record 02-067” on page 204 of the programming manual.
Mode control
Refer to the “Record 03-067” on page 205 of the programming manual.
Function control 1
Refer to the “Record 04-067” on page 206 of the programming manual.
Function control 2
Refer to the “Record 05-067” on page 207 of the programming manual.
Function control 3
Refer to the “Record 06-067” on page 208 of the programming manual.
Function control 4
Refer to the “Record 07-067” on page 209 of the programming manual.
Function control 5
Refer to the “Record 08-067” on page 210 of the programming manual.
Arrangement control
Refer to the “Record 09-067” on page 211 of the programming manual.
Report control
Refer to the “Record 10-067” on page 212 of the programming manual.
R-174
www.cashregisters.net
A-3-7-2
Clerk detail (daily, periodic / consolidation)
File name:
File name:
File name:
File name:
File name:
File name:
File name:
0
5
Clerk detail (daily)
Clerk detail (periodic 1)
Clerk detail (periodic 2)
Clerk detail (daily consolidation)
Clerk detail (periodic 1 consolidation)
Clerk detail (periodic 2 consolidation)
Clerk detail (consolidation work)
File No.:
File No.:
File No.:
File No.:
File No.:
File No.:
File No.:
011
111
211
311
411
511
611
Max. allocatable records: 9801
Max. allocatable records: 9801
Max. allocatable records: 9801
Max. allocatable records: 9801
Max. allocatable records: 9801
Max. allocatable records: 9801
Max. allocatable records: 9801
10
No. of
Totalizer
customer
A-3-7-3
Clerk detail link
File name: Clerk detail link
A-3-7-4
File No.: 027
Max. allocatable records: 200
4
Clerk (Dallas) key ID
File name: Clerk (Dallas) key ID
12 14
Dallas key ID character
not used
Record No.
0
Max. allocatable records: 99
File No.
2
Record No.
0
File No.: 030
TE-7000S/8000F/8500F Reference Manual
R-175
www.cashregisters.net
File Format
A-3-8.
Hourly sales file
A-3-8-1
Hourly sales (daily, periodic/consolidation)
File name:
File name:
File name:
File name:
File name:
File name:
File name:
0
5
Hourly sales (daily)
Hourly sales (periodic 1)
Hourly sales (periodic 2)
Hourly sales (daily consolidation)
Hourly sales (periodic 1 consolidation)
Hourly sales (periodic 2 consolidation)
Hourly sales (consolidation work)
10
15
File No.:
File No.:
File No.:
File No.:
File No.:
File No.:
File No.:
009
109
209
309
409
509
609
Max. allocatable records: 96
Max. allocatable records: 96
Max. allocatable records: 96
Max. allocatable records: 96
Max. allocatable records: 96
Max. allocatable records: 96
Max. allocatable records: 96
010
110
210
310
410
510
610
Max. allocatable records: 32 (fixed)
Max. allocatable records: 32 (fixed)
Max. allocatable records: 32 (fixed)
Max. allocatable records: 32 (fixed)
Max. allocatable records: 32 (fixed)
Max. allocatable records: 32 (fixed)
Max. allocatable records: 32 (fixed)
20
Counter Totalizer No. of Merchandise
(Net)
(Net) customer subtotal
A-3-9.
Monthly sales file
A-3-9-1
Monthly sales (daily, periodic/consolidation)
File name:
File name:
File name:
File name:
File name:
File name:
File name:
0
5
Monthly sales (daily)
Monthly sales (periodic 1)
Monthly sales (periodic 2)
Monthly sales (daily consolidation)
Monthly sales (periodic 1 consolidation)
Monthly sales (periodic 2 consolidation)
Monthly sales (consolidation work)
10
15
File No.:
File No.:
File No.:
File No.:
File No.:
File No.:
File No.:
20
Counter Totalizer Counter Totalizer
(Gross) (Gross)
(Net)
(Net)
R-176
www.cashregisters.net
A-3-10. Hourly item file
A-3-10-1 Hourly item
File name:
File name:
File name:
File name:
File name:
File name:
File name:
0
Hourly Item (daily)
Hourly Item (periodic 1)
Hourly Item (periodic 2)
Hourly Item (daily consolidation)
Hourly Item (periodic 1 consolidation)
Hourly Item (periodic 2 consolidation)
Hourly Item (consolidation work)
021
121
221
321
421
521
621
Max. allocatable records: 1920
Max. allocatable records: 1920
Max. allocatable records: 1920
Max. allocatable records: 1920
Max. allocatable records: 1920
Max. allocatable records: 1920
Max. allocatable records: 1920
10
5
Counter
File No.:
File No.:
File No.:
File No.:
File No.:
File No.:
File No.:
Amount
A-3-10-2 Hourly item link (Hourly production link)
File name: Hourly item link
Max. allocatable records: 480
4
File No.
2
Record No.
0
File No.: 031
Description
Link record No.
Choice
Significant
number
TE-7000S/8000F/8500F Reference Manual
D8 D7 D6 D5
;
Always “0”
Link file No.
Program code
::::
D4
Significant
number
:::
D3 D2 D1
R-177
www.cashregisters.net
File Format
A-3-11. IDC file
A-3-11-1 IDC file (1)
File name: IDC (1)
File name: IDC (1) (daily consolidation)
File name: IDC (1) (consolidation work)
File No.: 057
File No.: 357
File No.: 657
Max. allocatable records: 9999
Max. allocatable records: 9999
Max. allocatable records: 9999
50
0
IDC Data
A-3-11-2 IDC file (2)
File name: IDC (2)
File name: IDC (2) (daily consolidation)
File name: IDC (2) (consolidation work)
File structure is same as IDC file (1)
File No.: 058
File No.: 358
File No.: 658
Max. allocatable records: 9999
Max. allocatable records: 9999
Max. allocatable records: 9999
File No.: 059
File No.: 359
File No.: 659
Max. allocatable records: 9999
Max. allocatable records: 9999
Max. allocatable records: 9999
A-3-11-3 IDC file (3)
File name: IDC (3)
File name: IDC (3) (daily consolidation)
File name: IDC (3) (consolidation work)
File structure is same as IDC file (1)
Refer to the page 78 ~ 81 of this manual for each IDC data in detail.
A-3-11-4 IDC link
File name: IDC link
4
Max. allocatable records: 999
6
File No.
Link
PGM
Record No.
01 2
File No.: 804
Refer to page 201 of the programming manual for details.
R-178
www.cashregisters.net
A-3-12. Time & Attendance file
A-3-12-1 Hourly / Labor
File name: Hourly / Labor
10
Counter Totalizer
(Net)
(Net)
13
18
Total
labor
cost
(Fixed)
21
Total labor
hours (Not fixed)
5
Total labor
hours (Fixed)
0
File No.: 014
Max. allocatable records: 96
File No.: 019
File No.: 319
Max. allocatable records: 4158
Max. allocatable records: 4158
26
Total
labor
cost
(Not fixed)
A-3-12-2. Work time file
File name: Work Time
File name: Work Time (daily consolidation)
Min. number of files to fix the work time:
The number of employee × 7 (days) × 3 (shift) × 2 (weeks)
Max. allocatable records:
99 × 7 × 3 × 2 = 4158
Rec#001~#003:
Rec#004~#006:
Rec#007~#009:
Rec#010~#012:
Rec#013~#015:
Rec#016~#018:
Rec#019~#021:
Rec#020~#024:
Rec#025~#027:
Rec#028~#030:
Rec#031~#033:
Rec#034~#036:
Rec#037~#039:
Rec#040~#042:
Correspond to Monday of Employee
Correspond to Tuesday of Employee
Correspond to Wednesday of Employee
Correspond to Thursday of Employee
Correspond to Friday of Employee
Correspond to Saturday of Employee
Correspond to Sunday of Employee
Correspond to Monday of Employee
Correspond to Tuesday of Employee
Correspond to Wednesday of Employee
Correspond to Thursday of Employee
Correspond to Friday of Employee
Correspond to Saturday of Employee
Correspond to Sunday of Employee
Rec#043~#045: Correspond to Monday of Employee
•
•
•
Rec#002 (First week)
13 15 17 18
Cash tip
declare
EDIT flag
8
BREAK time
6
WORK time
4
Job code
CLOCK-IN
date
CLOCK-IN
time
CLOCK-OUT
time
0 1
Rec#001 (First week)
Rec#001 (First week)
Rec#001 (First week)
Rec#001 (First week)
Rec#001 (First week)
Rec#001 (First week)
Rec#001 (First week)
Rec#001 (Second week)
Rec#001 (Second week)
Rec#001 (Second week)
Rec#001 (Second week)
Rec#001 (Second week)
Rec#001 (Second week)
Rec#001 (Second week)
TE-7000S/8000F/8500F Reference Manual
R-179
www.cashregisters.net
File Format
A-3-12-3. Time zone file
File name: Time zone
File No.: 800 Max. allocatable records: 24
Divide one day into some time zones, and assign the length of one cycle per zone.
6
Cycle
4
End time
2
Start time
0
Refer to page 69 of the programming manual for details.
A-3-12-4. Employee file
File name: Employee
19
24 252627 282930 32 34 36
Social
Security
No.
Character
Max. allocatable records: 99
PGM
Job code (1)
Job code (2)
Job code (3)
Job code (4)
Clerk No.
3
Employee No.
0
File No.: 801
WorkWorkWork
(1) (2) (3)
Refer to page 199 of the programming manual for details.
A-3-12-5. Job code file
File name: Job code
Character
Max. allocatable records: 50
20 22
Pay
rate
Over Time Pay Ratio
16 17
PGM
0
File No.: 802
Refer to page 200 of the programming manual for details.
R-180
www.cashregisters.net
A-3-12-6. Schedule file
File name: Schedule
File No.: 803
Max. allocatable records: 2079
Min. number of files to fix the work time: The number of employee × 7 days × 3 shift
Max. allocatable records: 99 × 7 × 3 = 2079
Rec#001: Correspond to Monday Shift 1 of Employee Rec#001
Rec#002: Correspond to Monday Shift 2 of Employee Rec#001
Rec#003: Correspond to Monday Shift 3 of Employee Rec#001
Rec#004: Correspond to Tuesday Shift 1 of Employee Rec#001
Rec#005: Correspond to Tuesday Shift 2 of Employee Rec#001
Rec#006: Correspond to Tuesday Shift 3 of Employee Rec#001
•
•
Rec#021: Correspond to Sunday Shift 3 of Employee Rec#001
Rec#022: Correspond to Monday Shift 1 of Employee Rec#002
Rec#023: Correspond to Monday Shift 2 of Employee Rec#002
Rec#024: Correspond to Monday Shift 3 of Employee Rec#002
Rec#025: Correspond to Tuesday Shift 1 of Employee Rec#002
Rec#026: Correspond to Tuesday Shift 2 of Employee Rec#002
Rec#027: Correspond to Tuesday Shift 3 of Employee Rec#002
5
7 8 9 1011
Break time
Grace before start
Grace after start
Grace before end
Grace after end
3
End time
Job code
Start time
0 1
TE-7000S/8000F/8500F Reference Manual
R-181
www.cashregisters.net
File Format
A-3-13. Void table file
A-3-13-1 Void table (daily)
File name: Void table (daily)
19
16
Program
0
File No.: 012
Character
24
Max. allocatable records: 99
29
Counter Totalizer
Refer to page 63 of the programming manual for details.
A-3-13-2 Void table (periodic/consolidation)
File name:
File name:
File name:
File name:
File name:
File name:
0
5
Void table (periodic 1)
Void table (periodic 2)
Void table (daily consolidation)
Void table (periodic 1 consolidation)
Void table (periodic 2 consolidation)
Void table (consolidation work)
File No.:
File No.:
File No.:
File No.:
File No.:
File No.:
112
212
312
412
512
612
Max. allocatable records: 99
Max. allocatable records: 99
Max. allocatable records: 99
Max. allocatable records: 99
Max. allocatable records: 99
Max. allocatable records: 99
File No.: 018
Max. allocatable records: 99
10
No. of
Totalizer
customer
A-3-14. Table analysis file
A-3-14-1 Table analysis (daily)
File name: Table analysis (daily)
Max. check #
Character
22
19
16
Min. check #
0
27
32
No. of
Totalizer
customer
A-3-14-2 Table analysis (periodic/consolidation)
File name:
File name:
File name:
File name:
File name:
File name:
0
5
Table analysis (periodic 1)
Table analysis (periodic 2)
Table analysis (daily consolidation)
Table analysis (periodic 1 consolidation)
Table analysis (periodic 2 consolidation)
Table analysis (consolidation work)
File No.:
File No.:
File No.:
File No.:
File No.:
File No.:
118
218
318
418
518
618
Max. allocatable records: 99
Max. allocatable records: 99
Max. allocatable records: 99
Max. allocatable records: 99
Max. allocatable records: 99
Max. allocatable records: 99
10
No. of
Totalizer
customer
R-182
www.cashregisters.net
A-3-15. Grand total file
A-3-15-1 Grand total (daily)
File name: Grand total (daily)
0
16
Character
File No.: 020
Max. allocatable records:3 (fixed)
File No.:
File No.:
File No.:
File No.:
File No.:
File No.:
Max. allocatable records: 3 (fixed)
Max. allocatable records: 3 (fixed)
Max. allocatable records: 3 (fixed)
Max. allocatable records: 3 (fixed)
Max. allocatable records: 3 (fixed)
Max. allocatable records: 3 (fixed)
24
Totalizer
A-3-15-2 Grand total (periodic/consolidation)
File name:
File name:
File name:
File name:
File name:
File name:
0
Grand total (periodic 1)
Grand total (periodic 2)
Grand total (daily consolidation)
Grand total (periodic 1 consolidation)
Grand total (periodic 2 consolidation)
Grand total (consolidation work)
120
220
320
420
520
620
8
Totalizer
TE-7000S/8000F/8500F Reference Manual
R-183
www.cashregisters.net
File Format
A-3-16. General control file
A-3-16-1 General control
File name: General control
0
File No.: 022
Max. allocatable records:37 (fixed)
6
Program
Rec No.
Contents
001
002
003
004
005
006
007
008
009
010
011
012
013
014
015
016
017
018
019
020
021
022
023
024
025
026
027
028
029
030
031
032
033
034
035
036
037
Date order, Monetary mode
(not used)
Consecutive number
Rounding, Tax system
Receipt control (1)
Calculation, Operation control
(not used)
Report control (1)
Report control (2)
Receipt control (2), Till timer
(not used)
Report control (3)
Communication control
Report control (4)
Report control (5)
Time frame
Receipt control (3), Calculation method
Slip / Guest receipt control
Journal control
Message print control
Order control
Scanning control
Australian GST control (1)
Australian GST control (2)
Set menu, Condiment
Check tracking
Clerk interrupt
Display control
(not used)
(not used)
Menu sheet number control (1)
Menu sheet number control (2)
Menu sheet number control (3)
Menu sheet number control (4)
Time & Attendance
Store / Recall range
Auto check No. range
Reference page
(PGM manual)
179
180
180
180
181
182
--183
184
185
--186
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
192
193
193
193
194
194
194
195
195
----195
195
196
196
196
197
197
R-184
www.cashregisters.net
A-3-17. Special character file
A-3-17-1 Special character
File name: Special character
0
File No.: 023
Max. allocatable records: 58 (fixed)
16
Character
Refer to page 158 of the programming manual for details.
A-3-18. Report header file
A-3-18-1 Report header
File name: Report header
0
File No.: 024
Max. allocatable records: 30 (fixed)
16
Character
Refer to page 159 of the programming manual for details.
TE-7000S/8000F/8500F Reference Manual
R-185
www.cashregisters.net
Not used
File No.20
Record No.20
File No.19
Record No.19
File No.18
Record No.18
Actual
value
A-3-20. Pulldown group file
A-3-20-1 Pulldown group
Max. allocatable records: 10
File No.: 026
Max. allocatable records: 999
File No. 9
Record No. 9
File No. 8
Record No. 8
File No. 7
Record No. 7
File No. 6
Record No. 6
File No. 5
Record No. 5
File No. 4
Record No. 4
74
File No.: 025
Record No.14
File No.13
Record No.13
File No.12
Record No.12
File No.11
Record No.11
File No.10
File No.: 028
Record No.10
File No. 9
Record No. 9
File No. 8
File name: Set menu table
File No. 3
Record No. 3
File No. 2
Record No. 2
File No. 1
Record No. 1
File name: Pulldown group
File No.17
Record No.17
File No.16
Record No.16
File No.15
Record No.15
Program
File name: Tax table
Record No. 8
File No. 7
Record No. 7
File No. 6
Record No. 6
File No. 5
File No.14
8 10 12 14
File No.20
Record No.20
File No.19
Record No.19
Record No.14
File No.13
Character
Record No. 5
File No. 4
Record No.13
0
File No.18
Record No.18
Record No. 4
File No.12
Record No.12
Max. Table
amount
Rounding
Singapore
rounding
Cal. type
Cyclic pattern
Cyclic value
Non cyclic value
6 7
File No.17
File No. 3
8
Record No.17
6
Record No. 3
File No. 2
4
File No.16
2
File No.11
Rate
Record No.16
Record No.11
File No.10
Record No.10
4
Record No. 2
0
File No. 1
Record No. 1
0
File No.15
Record No.15
File No.14
File Format
A-3-19. Tax table file
A-3-19-1 Tax table
16 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43 45 47 49 51 53 55
57 59 61 63 65 67 69 71 73 75 77 79 81 83 85 87 89 91 93 95 97 99 103
A-3-21. Set menu table file
A-3-21-1 Set menu table
Max. allocatable records: 999
10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 52 54
56 58 60 62 64 66 68 70 72 74 76 78 80
R-186
www.cashregisters.net
A-3-22. Batch X/Z file
A-3-22-1 Batch X/Z
File name: Batch X/Z
File No.: 029
Max. allocatable records: 10
File No.: 032
Max. allocatable records: 96
Mode
X/Z code (1)
X/Z code (2)
X/Z code (3)
X/Z code (4)
X/Z code (5)
X/Z code (6)
X/Z code (7)
X/Z code (8)
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 78 9
A-3-23. Receipt / Slip message file
A-3-23-1 Receipt / Slip message
File name: Receipt / Slip message
0
40
Character
Refer to page 154 of the programming manual for details.
A-3-24. Check endorsement message file
A-3-24-1 Check endorsement message
File name: Check endorsement message
0
File No.: 033
Max. allocatable records: 4
40
Character
TE-7000S/8000F/8500F Reference Manual
R-187
www.cashregisters.net
File Format
A-3-25. Arrangement file
A-3-25-1 Arrangement group (1) ~ (5)
File name:
File name:
File name:
File name:
File name:
Arrangement group (1)
Arrangement group (2)
Arrangement group (3)
Arrangement group (4)
Arrangement group (5)
File No.:
File No.:
File No.:
File No.:
File No.:
038
138
238
338
438
Max. allocatable records: 9999
Max. allocatable records: 9999
Max. allocatable records: 9999
Max. allocatable records: 9999
Max. allocatable records: 9999
File No.: 039
Max. allocatable records: 9999
24
0
Arrange
(character)
A-3-26. Character recall file
A-3-26-1 Character recall
File name: Character recall
40
0
Character
A-3-27. Check print file
A-3-27-1 Check print
File name: Check print
File No.: 041
Max. allocatable records: 9
File No.: 047
Max. allocatable records: 432 (fixed)
or 864 (fixed)
3
Control
data
0
A-3-28. Graphic logo file
A-3-28-1 Graphic logo (external printer)
File name: Graphic logo (external printer)
13
0
Graphic data
R-188
www.cashregisters.net
A-3-28-2 Graphic logo (internal printer)
File name: Graphic logo (internal printer)
File No.: 067
Max. allocatable records: 168 (fixed)
54
0
Graphic data
A-3-28-3 Watermark (internal printer)
File name: Watermark (internal printer)
File No.: 068
Max. allocatable records: 168 (fixed)
54
0
Graphic data
A-3-29. Scheduler file
A-3-29-1 Scheduler
File name: Scheduler
Max. allocatable records: 99
Not used
file No.
12 14
Arrange tbl No.
8
Interval 2
5
Interval 1
Start time
4
End time
2
0
File No.: 062
Refer to page 57 of the programming manual for details.
A-3-30. Order character file
A-3-30-1 Order character
File name: Order character
File No.: 065
Max. allocatable records: 99
16
0
Order character
TE-7000S/8000F/8500F Reference Manual
R-189
www.cashregisters.net
File Format
A-3-31. Euro program file
A-3-31-1 Euro program file
File name: Euro program
0
File No.: 099
Max. allocatable records: 3 (fixed)
Program
4
1st record
Description
Choice
Exchange rate:
Subtotal in local (main currency) to Euro (sub currency)
Significant
numbers
Exchange rate decimal position (0 ~ 6)
Example (D8 ~ D2): 123.456 = 1234563, 1.23456 = 1234565
Significant
number
Rounding:
Cut off = 0/2, Round off = 1, Round up = 3
Significant
number
Program code
::::::
D8 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3
:
D2
:
D1
2nd record
Description
Choice
Exchange rate:
Tendered amount in Euro (sub currency) to local (main currency)
Significant
numbers
Exchange rate decimal position (0 ~ 6)
Example (D8 ~ D2): 123.456 = 1234563, 1.23456 = 1234565
Significant
number
Rounding:
Cut off = 0 / 2, Round off = 1, Round up = 3
Significant
number
Program code
::::::
D8 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3
:
D2
:
D1
3rd record
Description
Choice
Significant
number
Monetary mode of sub currency: (0 ~ 3)
No = 0
Yes = 1
Open cash drawer even if in partial tender.
Drawer number for sub currency:
Main = 0 / 1, Sub (option) = 2 ~ 4
Significant
number
No = 0
Yes = 1
Print Euro totals on X/Z report.
Print change due in currency that is not used for actual change.
a
No = 0
Yes = 1
Actual change currency
b
Main = 0
Sub = 2
Display symbol of sub currency on the popup display
c
E=0
L=4
Print total in sub currency while finalizing.
a
No = 0
Yes = 1
Print tax amount in sub currency while finalizing.
b
No = 0
Yes = 2
Print amount tender / total in sub currency while finalizing.
c
No = 0
Yes = 4
Program code
:
D6
:
D5
:
D4
:
D3
:
(a+b+c)
D2
:
(a+b+c)
D1
R-190
www.cashregisters.net
A-3-32. System files
A-3-32-1 Key table
File name: Key table
Max. allocatable records: 192 (fixed)
PGM2 Char code 2
PGM2 Char code 1
PGM2 Char code 2
PGM2 Char code 1
PGM2 Char code 2
PGM2 Char code 1
not used
not used
8th Rec No.
8th Func code
7th Rec No.
7th Func code
6th Rec No.
6th Func code
5th Rec No.
5th Func code
4th Rec No.
4th Func code
3rd Rec No.
10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 38
3rd Func code
8
2nd Rec No.
6
4
1st Rec No.
1st Func code
2
2nd Func code
0
File No.: 074
for
for
for
TE-8500F TE-8000F TE-7000S
Key table Hard key
record No.
code
001
000
002
001
003
002
004
003
:
:
A-3-32-2 System connection table
File name: System connection table
0
File No.: 901
Max. allocatable records: 33
Logical ID
Distinct M/BM
CHK PGM Status
CHK PGM
Order PGM
Order Status
Check cluster No.
12 14 16 18
Description
Choice
Program code
::::::
Logical ID characters (within 12 characters)
Significant
characters
D24 D23 D22 D21 D20 D19
::::::
D18 D17 D16 D15 D14 D13
Terminal:
Oneself = 02, Others = 01
Significant
numbers
Check tracking master/backup master (program value):
Master = 01, Backup master = 02, Self master = 03, Satellite = 00
Significant
numbers
Check tracking master/backup master (current value):
Master = 01, Backup master = 02, Self master = 03, Satellite = 00
Significant
numbers
TE-7000S/8000F/8500F Reference Manual
D12 D11
::
D10 D9
::
D8 D7
;;;;;
Always “00000”
Check tracking cluster number (0 ~ 9)
(“0” means no designation.)
::
D6 D5 D4 D3 D2
Significant
number
:
D1
R-191
www.cashregisters.net
File Format
A-3-32-3 I/O parameter table
File name: I/O parameter table
0
File No.: 902
Max. allocatable records: 15
5
Program
Refer to page 65 ~ 67 of the programming manual for details.
A-3-32-4 Printer connection table
File name: Printer connection table
Type
13
Main ECR ID
Max. allocatable records: 24
252627
Backup ECR ID
Main printer No.
Backup printer No.
0 1
File No.: 903
Refer to page 198 of the programming manual for details.
A-3-32-5 System error log
File name: System error log
Max. allocatable records: 999
11
Error function
Time
Error code
6 7 9
4
Date
Terminal No.
2
Operation
0
File No.: 999
Refer to page 98, 202, 203 of this manual for details.
A-3-32-6 Auto program control
File name: Auto program control
Max. allocatable records: 20
23
File No.
Program
0
File No.: 905
Refer to page 77 of the programming manual for details.
A-3-32-7 LCD color control
File name: LCD color control
0
File No.: 906
Max. allocatable records: 10
8
Program
Refer to page 78 ~ 80 of the programming manual for details.
R-192
www.cashregisters.net
A-4.Counter and Totalizer calculation method ......................................... R-194
A-4-1
Fixed totalizer file ........................................................................................ R-194
TE-7000S/8000F/8500F Reference Manual
R-193
www.cashregisters.net
Calculation method
A-4. Counter and Totalizer calculation method
The following calculation methods of fixed totalizer memories are explained in this
chapter.
All formulas in these explanations are calculated in the registration mode.
In the REF mode, the values in totalizers are calculated using the opposite sign.
In the REG– mode, the value in totalizers and counters are calculated using the opposite
sign.
A-4-1
Fixed totalizer file
Total or counter
Gross sales quantity
Gross sales amount
Net sales quantity
Net sales amount
Medium in drawer
(Cash, charge, check, credit)
Increments or Decrements by
Number of products registered for Departments + Subdepartments + PLUs (non hash)
{For Department, Subdepartment and PLUs
: +1
Single items
Multiplication : Input quantity
: Input quantity
Split price
: Input quantity × Input quantity
Square
: Input quantity × Input quantity × Input quantity}
Cube
– Last item void – Return item – Previous item void – Cancel
Amount of products registered for Departments + Subdepartments + PLUs (non hash)
{For Department, Subdepartment and PLUs
Single items
: Preset or manually input prices
Multiplication : Preset or manually input prices × Input quantity
Split price
: (Preset or manually input prices / Input unit quantity)
× Input quantity
Square
: Preset or manually input prices × Input quantity
× Input quantity
Cube
: Preset or manually input prices × Input quantity
× Input quantity × Input quantity}
– Last item void – Return item – Previous item void – Cancel
+1 (When a transaction is finalized for sale. For REG– mode –1 is affected.)
Amount at the finalization (exclude tip):
{Department + Subdepartment + PLU product registration amounts (non full hash)
– Last item void amounts for the above
– Item return amounts for the above
– Previous item void amounts for the above
– Cancel amounts for the above}
+ {Plus (+ key)
+ Premium (%+ key)
– Error correction amounts
– Cancel amounts}
– {Minus (– key)
+ Discount(%– key)
+ Coupon
– Error correction amounts
– Cancel amounts}
+ Results of tax table calculations (add-on tax)
Sales total or tendered total by specified medium
+ Received on account total (Cash in drawer only)
– Paid out (Cash in drawer only)
+ Check cashing (Check in drawer only)
+ Loan totals by selected medium
– Pick up totals by selected medium
– Change amounts generated with the specific medium (Cash in drawer only)
– Total of check cashing transaction (Cash in drawer only)
– corrected amount by <MEDIA CHANGE> key
+ correcting amount by <MEDIA CHANGE> key
R-194
www.cashregisters.net
Total or counter
Number of REF mode
Refund mode amount
Customer count
Average sales per customer
Check cashing service fee
New balance fee
Clerk commission total
Foreign currency in drawer
Reduction
Item return amount
Clear count
Rounding
ST transfer void
Taxable amount
Tax amount
Tax exempt
Euro in drawer
Coupon
Money declaration
GT 1
GT 2
GT 3
Increments or Decrements by
+1
(When cash sales, charge sales, credit sales, and check sales transaction are finalized in the
REF/REG– mode.)
Absolute value of total sales amount for REF/REG– mode registrations.
Entered number of covers or +1
Net sales amount / Customer count
+ Check amount × Service ratio or
+ Service fee amount
+ MD/ST amount × Service charge ratio or
+ Service charge fee amount
Item sales (commissionable) × Clerk commission rate
Entered amount in foreign currency.
+ Registered amount of Minus, %- key
+ Registered item amount by RF, Void key
+ 1 (REG, REF, REG– mode)
(When the <CLEAR> key is pressed.)
+ Fraction amount by roundings
(Roundings include IF1/2, Denmark, Norway,
Singapore, Finland, and Australia.)
+ Void total of ST transfer
Subtotal of taxable amount at finalization of sale
(in case of add-on tax)
Subtotal of taxable amount / (1 + VAT rate) at finalization of sale
(in case of add-in tax)
Result of calculation using tax table for taxable amount at finalization of sales
(in case of add-on tax)
Subtotal of taxable amount - Taxable amount calculated above
Grand total of net sales totals
Exempted taxable subtotal amount
Sales total or tendered total by specified medium in Euro
Coupon total
+1 (when money declaration is performed.)
Grand total of net sales total
Registrations absolute value:
{Registration amount (Department, Subdepartment, PLU)
+ Last item void amount
+ Previous item void amount
+ Refund amount}
+ {Plus, Minus, Premium, Discount, Coupon
+ Last item void amount}
Net sales total
– add-on tax
– add-in tax
– commission
TE-7000S/8000F/8500F Reference Manual
R-195
www.cashregisters.net
Calculation method
R-196
www.cashregisters.net
A-5. Error messages ................................................................................... R-198
A-5-1
A-5-2
A-5-3
Error messages........................................................................................... R-198
Operation prompt ........................................................................................ R-201
System error code....................................................................................... R-202
TE-7000S/8000F/8500F Reference Manual
R-197
www.cashregisters.net
Error messages
A-5. Error messages
A-5-1
Error messages
When an error occurs on a TE-7000S series terminal, a buzzer sounds and the appropriate
error message appears on the main display, indicating what action to take.
The following table lists the error messages and describes the action to take.
E001
E003
E005
E011
E012
E014
E015
Error message
Operator mistake
Wrong mode.
Wrong operator.
Insufficient memory.
Close the drawer.
Journal paper end.
Receipt paper end.
Check R/J printer.
Meaning
Operation error
Check tracking open mode error
Error clerk/Error clerk in check tracking
Memory allocation over
Drawer compulsory
Journal paper end
Receipt paper end
Internal R/J printer error
Action
Perform proper operation.
Return the mode to its original setting.
Assign the proper clerk.
Reallocate memory.
Close cash drawer.
Replace journal paper.
Replace receipt paper.
Take away jammed paper from the terminal and
turn off / on the terminal.
Switch to another mode and then back to the
REF/REG– mode again.
Enter a check number.
Enter a table number.
Enter the number of customers.
Enter a seat number.
Perform stock maintenance.
E016 Change back to REG mode.
Prohibit plural operation in REF/REG– mode
E017
E018
E019
E020
E023
Check number compulsory
Table number compulsory
Cover compulsory
Seat number compulsory
Alarm when any item drops below its programmed
minimum stock quantity during registration.
Error when actual stock value for a registration Perform stock maintenance.
items is a negative value.
Enter condiment item(s).
Condiment staydown compulsory error
Enter
Enter
Enter
Enter
Stock
Check/TBL number.
Table number.
Number of covers.
Seat number.
running short.
E024 No stock is available.
E026 Condiment Stay downCompulsory ERR.
Enter condiment Item(s).
E028 Not found PLU or C/D is
mismatch.
E029 No registration is possible
while you are in the tender
operation.
E031 Press ST key before Finalization.
E033 Enter tendered amount.
E035 Change amount exceeds the limit.
E036 Remove money from the drawer.
E037
E038
E040
E041
E044
E045
E046
Digit or Amount limitation Over.
Perform Money Declaration
Issue Guest Receipt.
Print Validation.
Print Cheque.
Print Check-Endorsement.
REG Buffer Full. Please
Finalize or NB.
E047 Print bill.
E048 Insert Slip Paper and retry.
E049 CHECK memory full.
E050 Detail memory full.
E051 CHK/TBL No. is occupied.
E052 CHK/TBL No. is Busy.
E053 CHK/TBL No. is not opened
E054 Out of CHK/TBL No. Range.
E056 Store range full.
E057 No item exists in detail.
E058 Enter post entry item.
E059 Press Eat-in or Take-out key.
**********
E060 Printer offline.
**********
E061 Printer error.
**********
E061 Printer error.
YES:Retry to print.
NO :Backup to R/J printer.
ESC:Discard data.
Scanning PLU is not found.
OBR code is mismatched.
Attempted registration whilst partial tender
operation is being done.
Program the item data.
Re-enter the PLU code.
Finalize the transaction.
ST compulsory
Amount tender compulsory
Change amount exceeds the limit.
Contents of the drawer exceed the programmed
limit — Sentinel function.
H.D.L., H.A.L., L.D.L. error
Money declaration compulsory
Guest receipt compulsory
Validation compulsory
Check print compulsory
Check endorsement compulsory
Registration buffer full
Press ST key.
Enter tendered amount.
Enter amount tendered again.
Perform pickup operation.
Enter correct unit price/amount.
Perform money declaration.
Issue a guest receipt.
Perform validation operation.
Perform check print operation.
Perform check endorsement operation.
Finalize the transaction.
Allocate sufficient buffer.
Perform slip printing operation.
Slip compulsory
Insert new slip paper.
Alarm when no paper is inserted in the Slip.
Finalize and close the check number currently
Check tracking index full
used.
Finalize and close the check number currently
Check tracking memory full/near end
used.
Attempt is made to use the <NEW CHECK> key to Finalize and close the check that is currently
under the number that you want to use or use a
open a new check using a number that is already
different check number.
used for an existing check tracking memory.
Use another check number or close the check at
Attempt to use the same check number whilst the
specified number is being used in the other terminal. that terminal.
Use the correct check number (if you want to
Check number not found
reopen a check that already exists in the check
tracking memory) or use <NEW CHECK> to
open a new check.
Enter correct number.
Check number range over
Recall the stored data and finalize.
All check number are occupied in range.
Round repeat items cannot be found in detail.
Enter Post entry item.
Post entry item exists in detail.
Press Eat-in or Takeout key.
Eat-in or takeout compulsory
Printer offline. “****” means ECR logical ID Close the printer cover.
and printer number.
Printer downed. “****” means ECR logical ID The contents are printed on the backup printer.
and printer number.
Printer downed. “****” means ECR logical ID Follow the prompt message.
and printer number.
R-198
www.cashregisters.net
Error message
**********
E062 Printer paper end.
**********
E062 Printer paper end.
YES:Retry to print.
NO :Backup to R/J printer.
ESC:Discard data.
E064 Printer buffer full.
YES:Retry to print.
NO :Backup to R/J printer.
ESC:Discard data.
**********
E070 Terminal out of action.
Cannot print.
**********
E070 Terminal out of action.
Cannot print.
YES:Retry to print.
NO :Backup to R/J printer.
ESC:Discard data.
**********
E071 Target terminal printer BF full.
YES:Retry to print.
NO :Backup to R/J printer.
ESC:Discard data.
**********
E072 Target printer terminal is busy.
**********
E073 Your receipt/order may not be
issued.
E075 Negative Balance, cannot be finalized.
E080 Electronic Journal Full
Please clear E-Journal.
E082 ***** Illegal Data *****
E083 Cannot create E-Journal.
Check Flash memory.
**********
E105 Check/TBL tracking Master down.
Please call Manager!!
YES:Retry for connection.
NO :Remove it from system.
**********
E106 Check/TBL tracking Backup master down.
Please call Manager!!
YES:Retry for connection.
NO :Remove it from system.
E107 Both Master&Backup master down.
CHK/TBL tracking or Clerk interrupt is not
available.
**********
E108 CHK/TBL Master is removed from system.
**********
E109 CHK/TBL Backup master is
removed from system.
E110 CHK data mismatch between Master and Backup
master.
E130 Middle of Pick up or Loan
Press Cancel Key.
E131 Middle of <Bill Copy>
Press Cancel Key.
E133 Middle of <Media Change>
Press Cancel Key.
Meaning
Paper end. “****” means ECR logical ID and
printer number.
Paper end. “****” means ECR logical ID and
printer number.
Action
The contents are printed on the backup printer.
Print buffer full at sender side
Follow the prompt message.
Down at target ECR which has printer.
“****” means ECR logical ID and printer
number.
The contents are printed on the backup printer.
Printer buffer full at target ECR which has
printer
“****” means ECR logical ID and printer
number.
Follow the prompt message.
Follow the prompt message.
The contents are printed on the backup printer.
Busy at target ECR which has printer.
“****” means ECR logical ID and printer
number.
Time out at ECR which has printer
Follow the prompt message.
“****” means ECR logical ID and printer
number.
Attempted finalization when balance is less than Register item(s) until the balance becomes
zero.
positive amount.
Electronic journal full
Reset the electronic journal memory.
Illegal Electronic journal data
Electronic journal file cannot be created.
Check flash memory.
CHK master down.
“****” means ECR logical ID.
Follow the prompt message.
CHK BM down.
“****” means ECR logical ID.
Follow the prompt message.
CHK M/BM down.
“****” means ECR logical ID.
Master down then take it off from system.
“****” means ECR logical ID.
Backup master down then take it off from
system
“****” means ECR logical ID.
Data mismatch has occurred.
During picking up
Follow the prompt message.
During bill copy
Follow the prompt message.
During media change
Follow the prompt message.
TE-7000S/8000F/8500F Reference Manual
R-199
www.cashregisters.net
Error messages
Error message
E134 Middle of Clerk Transfer
Press ESC Key.
E136 Middle of Separate Check
Press ESC key.
E139 Not allowed to be negative by Minus/Coupon
key.
E140 Wrong menu.
E141 Press <TRAY TTL> twice before finalization.
E145
E150
E151
E152
E164
Arrangement syntax error.
Incorrect value entry.
Incorrect Key Pressed.
PGM File or Memory number does not Exist.
Employee No. is not Found in the Employee
File.
E165 Employee No. is not Clocking-in.
E166 Employee No. is Occupied.
E167 Incorrect Job code.
E168 Your Operation is out of Schedule.
Please Call Manager.
E169 Work Hours Exceeded.
Please Call Manager.
E170 No Shift Remains in the Schedule.
You cannot Clock-in.
E171 Please Break-out and Retry.
E172 Break Hours Exceeded.
Please Call Manager.
E173 This employee is at work now.
E174 This employee is taking a break now.
E175 Please Clock-in/Break-out before you sign
on. or Please Call Manager.
E176 You cannot Clock-in.
Please reset Employee Report.
E177 Time&Attendance Data Communication Error.
Please Call Manager.
E180 IDC FILE (1) memory full.
Please clear IDC data.
E181 IDC FILE (2) memory full.
Please clear IDC data.
E182 IDC FILE (3) memory full.
Please clear IDC data.
E200 Insert CF Card.
E201 Format error.
E203 Insufficient memory.
E205 The file already exists.
Do you replace?
YES:Replace the file.
NO :Input new name.
Meaning
During clerk transfer
Follow the prompt message.
Action
During separate check
Follow the prompt message.
Credit balance error
Enter proper minus/coupon amount.
This sheet holder is prohibited by program.
<TRAY TOTAL> key is not pressed twice
before finalization.
Arrangement syntax error
Incorrect entry for PGM
Linking program is incorrect.
No such file, no such record
Employee No. is not set in the Employee File.
Set correct sheet holder.
Follow the prompt message.
Employee has not done CLOCK-IN operation
yet.
Employee who has done CLOCK-IN operation
attempts to operate CLOCK-IN again.
Employee attempts to operate CLOCK-IN with
incorrect JOB code.
Employees operate CLOCK-IN/OUT in not
allowance time.
Overtime work.
Perform CLOCK-IN operation.
Program the arrangement again.
Enter proper value again.
Enter proper key again.
Enter file/record number again.
Enter employee number again.
Enter the proper employee number again.
Enter proper job code.
Follow the prompt message.
Follow the prompt message.
There is no available shift left.
Employee attempts to operate CLOCK-OUT
whilst he/she is in a break time.
Break hours are exceeded.
Employee is at work without break.
Employee who has not done BREAK-OUT
operation attempts to operate BREAK-IN.
Sign on after you CLOCK-IN or BREAKOUT.
Employee Report has not been reset.
Follow the prompt message.
Follow the prompt message.
Follow the prompt message.
Follow the prompt message.
Time & Attendance Data communication error. Follow the prompt message.
IDC FILE (1) memory is full of items.
Follow the prompt message.
IDC FILE (2) memory is full of items.
Follow the prompt message.
IDC FILE (3) memory is full of items.
Follow the prompt message.
CF card is not inserted to the slot.
CF card data illegal.
Insufficient memory is remained in CF card.
File name in the CF card duplication error
Insert CF card.
Check the CF card data.
Format or use a new CF card.
Follow the prompt message.
R-200
www.cashregisters.net
A-5-2
Operation prompt
All prompt messages, together with descriptors and symbol characters for displaying /
printing are contained in the list below. These messages cannot be added, modified or
deleted.
Prompt message
Data cannot be printed out.
Backup to R/J printer?
Do you want to clear data?
Cancel OK?
Please wait.
Item Consolidation Mode
Non Consolidation Mode
REG Mode
REFUND Mode
REG- Mode
Training
REG2 Mode
Please Sign on.
Enter Check/Table Number.
Enter Table Number.
Enter Number of covers.
Enter Seat Number.
Perform Slip Printing.
Issue Guest Receipt.
Perform Validation Printing.
Perform Check Printing.
Perform Check Endorsement.
Operation Code?
Re_configuration...
Re_configuration end
Clock-in OK?
Clock-out OK?
Break-in OK?
Break-out OK?
Enter cash tip amount and press
<YES> key.
Meaning
Request to check the X / Z report data which
cannot be printedout.
Confirmation to reset displayed report.
Confirmation of all void operation.
Please wait. ECR now processing.
In the item consolidation mode.
Not in the item consolidation mode.
Mode change : REG mode
Mode change : REF mode
Mode change : REG– mode
Mode change : REG2 mode
Signing on a training operator
The terminal is in signed off.
CHK# compulsory
TBL# compulsory
Covers compulsory
Seat# compulsory
Slip compulsory
GUEST RCT compulsory
VLD compulsory
CHK-PRT compulsory
CHK-END compulsory
Enter secret number for REG 2 mode.
During system reconfiguration
System reconfugiration ends
Time and attendance clock-in operation
Time and attendance clock-out operation
Time and attendance break-in operation
Time and attendance break-out operation
Time and attendance tip declaration compulsory
Communication Error
Communication error during clock-in
This procedure stops system
maximum 60 sec.
OK ?
Enter #
Alert before flash memory clear.
TE-7000S/8000F/8500F Reference Manual
Registering Non-add after RC / PD.
R-201
www.cashregisters.net
Error messages
A-5-3
System error code
All error codes are contained in the list below. These error codes are displayed or printed
on error log report.
Error code
Meaning
0010
0011
0012
0013
0014
0015
0016
0017
0018
0019
0020
0021
0022
0023
0024
0025
0026
0040
0041
0042
0044
0045
0046
0047
0048
0049
0050
0051
0052
0053
0054
0055
0056
0057
0058
0059
0060
0061
0064
0065
0066
0067
0068
0069
0070
0071
0072
0073
0074
0075
0076
0077
0078
Handler access error (software)
Cannot execute handler (system configuration)
Break by PC
Break by ECR
DSR off before receiving command packet
Receive illegal command number of command packet
Receive illegal character
Send error (hardware)
Receive error (hardware)
Receive illegal data packet
No response error
Receive illegal command phase
Received illegal packet
CNET receive error
Illegal termination by sender
Received illegal packet during receiving data packets
Not enough data packets received
No “H” information
No “I” information
No “F” information
Illegal packet format
No file exists
Illegal block
Illegal command packet
Illegal command No. (Not CMD)
Illegal command No. (Not DATA)
Sequence error
Turn off DSR signal
Received cancellation
Retry over while waiting command
Retry over while waiting EOT
Retry over while waiting data
Received EOT
Retry over while waiting ACK
Retry over while sending data
Retry over while waiting “C”
Retry over while sending response
Retry over while excluding
Break end
Error during printing report header
Error during printing report data
Error during printing report data in work file
Error during printing report data in consolidation file
Work file clear error
Consolidation file clear error
Z lock error
Z clear error
Z lock release error
Error during accumulating to consolidation file
Error during copying report data from terminal memory to work
Error during copying stock data to terminal memory
Z lock error on satellite terminal
No appropriate file is exist on satellite terminal during collection/consolidation
R-202
www.cashregisters.net
Error code
0079
0081
0082
0084
0128
0130
0134
0138
0140
0141
0144
0145
0146
0147
0152
0153
0155
0156
0158
0160
0161
0162
0163
0164
0165
0166
0167
0168
0170
0171
0172
0173
0174
0175
0176
0177
0178
0179
0180
0190
0192
0194
0197
0198
0202
0204
0205
0209
0210
0232
0233
0235
0247
Meaning
Z lock release error on satellite terminal
Check tracking master is removed from system.
Check tracking backup master is removed from system.
Register power down / Flag clear operation is made.
Parameter error / Maximum length of send error
Error drive
Network parameter error
Detect error in core system
Parameter error (record length exceeds work buffer)
EOF over
Calculation overflow
Undefined value of n_open () mode
Mismatch of type when closing network
Parameter error
Defined NCB is not network resource
Retry over by the target busy
Sequence error
No port exists
Target port in use
Error while getting priority
Fail to change temporary priority
Error semaphore operation to keep resource
Fail to get new sled
Error while getting semaphore
Error to operate semaphore
Error during delay
Error during termination
Error when resource return
Error during getting task ID
No code is found while search/pick up
Cannot get work buffer
File opened/fail to activate task
No file exists
ITRON service error
Cannot create file
Record number error
Detect error while memory area opening
Detect error while returning mail box / double create error
Detect error while handling memory
RCB is not mail box resource
Error send message ID
Send message length over
Ending response
Time out while waiting for ending response / no receive message
No free FCB
Memory capacity shortage
Fail to create mail box
Cannot find the coincide PCB resource
Cannot find the coincide RCB resource
ID collision when network starts
Cannot find the target ID
Protocol error
Stop token
TE-7000S/8000F/8500F Reference Manual
R-203
www.cashregisters.net
204
www.cashregisters.net
A-6. Memory map ....................................................................................... R-206
A-6-1
A-6-2
Memory map ............................................................................................... R-206
Memory behavior ........................................................................................ R-207
TE-7000S/8000F/8500F Reference Manual
R-205
www.cashregisters.net
Memory map
A-6. Memory map
This chapter shows the memory map of the TE-7000S series terminal and their behaviors
by initialization operations.
Memory map
Inner Flash memory
RAM
Contents
1. Operating system
2. Application for terminal
3. Prompt message
4. Default parameters
Contents
1. Operating system
2. Application for terminal
3. User's area
1. All program data with
memory allocation data
or
2. All program data file by file.
or
3. IPL data.
Standard memory
8MB
Electronic journal area 1
Electronic journal area 2
Electronic journal area 3
Electronic journal area 4
CF card
4MB
128KB each
A-6-1
Memory area A
Memory area B
R-206
www.cashregisters.net
A-6-2
Memory behavior
Memory behavior under the following operations
Note: These operations are followed by the initialization operation.
1. 44449999 <ST>
Clears Memory area (A), and ready to load the IPL data and default parameters from
other terminal or CF card.
2. 10000 ~ 60000 / 80000 <ST>
Clears Memory area (B) and ready to load the user program from other terminal, CF card
or PC.
3. nn00010000 ~ nn00060000 / nn00080000 <ST>
Set the selected machine ID “nn” and clears Memory area (B) and ready to load the user
program from other terminal, CF card or PC.
TE-7000S/8000F/8500F Reference Manual
R-207
www.cashregisters.net
Memory map
R-208
www.cashregisters.net
Index ...............................................................................................................R-210
TE-7000S/8000F/8500F Reference Manual
R-209
www.cashregisters.net
Index
Index
A
add check key R-41
add mode P-39
allow numeric entries (compulsory drawer) P-41
allow to operate n-th menu P-85
allow two consecutive receipts in REF mode P-41
allow zero total finalization P-41
alphabet key P-145
amount or rate to keys P-170
application systems R-25
arrangement P-36, P-129
arrangement control P-92
arrangement control by range P-104
arrangement file R-188
arrangement key R-37
arrangement key function R-56
arrangement program example R-60
Australian GST P-81
auto program control R-192, P-77
auto program menu hierarchy R-120
B
backspace key P-145
backup to CF card R-121
batch X/Z file R-187
batch X/Z report P-37
bill copy key R-37
break-in operation R-70
break-in/out key R-41
break-out operation R-70
busy reset R-94
C
calculate price for detail P-51
calculation method R-194
calculation type (tax table) P-60
cancel key R-43
cancelling of all data R-126
cash P-120
cash drawer R-16
cashier / clerk report R-143
CF card slot cover R-10
character enter key P-145
character fixed key P-145
character programming P-144
character programming keyboard P-144
character recall file R-188
character search P-33
charge P-120
check P-120
check backup master R-19
check endorsement P-126
check endorsement key R-36
check endorsement message file R-187
check master R-19
check print P-58, P-122
check print file R-188
check print key R-33
check self master R-19
check tracking P-52
check tracking master terminal failure I-11
check tracking system R-49
check# (clerk interrupt) R-96
clear check detail and index file R-51
clearing CHK/TBL No. P-52
clerk P-52, P-72, P-82, P-83, P-84, P-96, P-202, P-213
clerk (Dallas) key ID file R-175
clerk control P-84
clerk control by range P-96
clerk detail P-109
clerk detail file R-175
clerk detail link file R-175
clerk detail memory R-54
clerk features P-82
clerk file R-174
clerk interrupt R-53, P-52
clerk key ID P-109
clerk number P-132
clerk number key R-39
clerk number programming R-102
clerk sign on/off operation R-124
clerk training R-54
clerk transfer P-123
clerk transfer key R-33
clock-in operation R-66
clock-out operation R-69
collection / consolidation system R-110
COM port R-17
commission rate P-94
commission rate by range P-106
communication P-47
connect the drawer R-16
consecutive No. P-39
contrast control knob R-10, R-14
controlling the flow of arrangement R-58
copy program change to other terminals P-47
copying PLU descriptors to PLU 2nd unit price P-151, P169
coupon P-125
coupon 2 key R-36
coupon key R-34
credit P-120
cube P-133
cube key R-40
currency exchange P-130
currency exchange key R-37
customer P-129
customer display R-15
customer number key R-37
R-210
www.cashregisters.net
D
data backup menu hierarchy R-121
data backup when the master goes down R-50
delete RF items from guest receipt P-41
department (all) report R-149
department (by group) report R-150
department descriptors P-149
department features P-114
department file R-172
department key R-38
department number key R-42
department unit price P-166
department zero sales (by group) report R-151
department zero sales report R-150
deposit key R-35
deposit+ P-126
deposit- P-126
discount key R-35
display control R-57, P-53
display mode key R-43
display report P-46
displaying electronic journal R-84
double size letter key P-145
drawer for clerk R-96
Dutch account R-134, P-136
E
eat-in / takeout R-136
electronic journal R-84
electronic journal report R-153
employee P-72, P-199
employee activity report R-154
employee file R-63, R-180
employee report (daily) R-154
employee report (weekly / bi-weekly) R-155
end of the arrangement programs R-60
endorsement message P-160
error correct / void key R-36
error log print R-98
error message R-28, R-198
Euro P-76
Euro change over R-101
Euro key R-34
function control 2 by range P-100
function control 3 P-89
function control 3 by range P-101
function control 4 P-90
function control 4 by range P-102
function control 5 P-91
function control 5 by range P-103
function key R-27, R-31
function key descriptors P-152
function key list R-160
function list P-23
G
general configuration R-10
general control file R-184
general feature P-39
general procedure of PLU, PLU 2nd@, subdepartment, P116
grace period R-63
grand total (GT) character P-160
grand total file R-183
graphic logo R-61
graphic logo file R-188
group file R-173
H
hardware configuration R-10
hardware diagram R-11
hardware interface R-107
HHS-15 R-18
hourly / labor file R-179
hourly item R-62
hourly item link file R-62, R-177
hourly item report R-156
hourly labor report R-156
hourly production link file R-177
hourly sales P-48
hourly sales file R-176
hourly sales report R-151
house Bon P-134
house Bon key R-41
F
file concept R-25
finalize key R-32
first unit price key R-39
fixed totalizer descriptors P-156
fixed totalizer file R-168
fixed totalizer report R-144
flag clear R-88, P-11
flash report R-143
flat PLU key R-38
floating clerk interrupt system R-19
follow the same QTY as main item P-51
function control 1 P-87
function control 1 by range P-99
function control 2 P-88
TE-7000S/8000F/8500F Reference Manual
R-211
www.cashregisters.net
Index
I
M
I/O parameter P-65
I/O parameter table R-192
IDC clear R-157
IDC data file structure R-78
IDC data type R-82
IDC file R-178
IDC function file R-74
IDC link P-75, P-201
IDC link file R-178
IDC transferring R-83
in / on-line connectors R-106
in / on-line functions R-109
in-line collection/consolidation system R-21
individual key report R-143
INIT R-88
INIT 2 R-89
initialization P-8
inline connector R-17
inner multiplication R-131
input / output connector R-17
inputting characters by code P-146
IPL (initial program loading) R-89, I-4
IPL operation R-90
issue post receipt when normal receipt is issued
item consolidation P-42
item descriptors P-147
item type P-111
machine control 1 P-39
machine control 2 P-40
machine control 3 P-42
machine control 4 P-43
machine features P-32
machine initialization R-88
machine number P-39
main display R-10, R-14, R-15
manager mode control R-54
manager operation (clock-in/-out) R-70
master failure during X/Z collection/consolidation I-14
master terminal failure I-11
maximum table amount P-60
measures to prevent trouble I-10
media change R-135
media change key R-42
memory allocation P-14, P-15, P-16
menu shift P-136
menu shift 1 P-54
menu shift 2 P-55
menu shift after sign on P-85
menu shift key R-38
menu shift status/stay down P-85
menu shift/2nd@ P-85
menu shift/2nd@ by range P-97
merchandise subtotal P-132
merchandise subtotal key R-40
message control P-50
minimum stock under error P-41
minus key R-35
mode control R-28, P-86
mode control by range P-98
mode setting (arrangement) R-57
MODEM R-18
money declaration compulsory P-41
monthly sales file R-176
monthly sales report R-152
multiplication P-133
multiplication key R-40
P-41
J
job code P-71, P-72, P-200
job code file R-63, R-180
journal control P-49
journal memory display key R-43
journal spool R-10
K
Ketten Bon P-133
Ketten Bon key R-41
key allocation P-22
key function specification (arrangement)
key location change P-24
key table file R-191
keyboard hard key code R-13
keyboard layout R-27, P-25
R-57
N
L
last item void R-125
LCD color control P-78
left cursor key P-145
limit of number plus, minus, premium, discount key
list P-133
list key R-43
list number key R-43
loan P-124
loan key R-34
local printer R-19
P-40
net total includes commission P-40
net total includes tax P-40
new / old check key R-41
new balance P-121
new balance key R-32
new check key R-40
no sale key R-37
non add / no sale key R-37
non add key R-36
normal receipt key R-34
number input (arrangement) R-56
R-212
www.cashregisters.net
O
OBR key R-41
old check P-136
old check key R-41
on-line collection / consolidation system R-21
open 2 P-131
open 2 key R-39
open check R-134
open check key R-42
open check report R-153
open key R-39
operation prompt R-28, R-201
operator number key R-40
operator X/Z P-132
operator X/Z key R-39
optional peripherals R-18
order character file R-189
order character link P-155
order color P-111
order control P-50
order ID change R-97
order print #1 ~ #7 P-111
origin of reset data to be sent to the master P-47
premium key R-36
presetting date and time P-162
previous item void R-126
price inquiry key R-33
price key R-37
print additional items only P-49
print control P-44
print monthly sales average P-46
printer R-10
printer connection R-192, P-68, P-198
printer cover R-10
printer cover key R-10
printing barcode R-137
printing control system R-28
program end key P-145
program read general procedure P-174
program read report sample P-175
programming hierarchy of programming title P-117
pulldown group P-32
pulldown group file R-186
pulldown group function R-129
P
paid out P-124
paid out key R-34
perform stock q'ty calculation P-41
personal computer R-18
pick up P-124
pick up key R-34
platen arm R-10
PLU (by group / dept / subdept) report R-145
PLU (by order character) report R-146
PLU (by range) report R-145
PLU (with shift PLU) report R-145
PLU 2nd unit price P-164
PLU 2nd unit price descriptors P-148
PLU 2nd@ features P-112
PLU features P-110, P-138
PLU file R-170
PLU item descriptors P-147
PLU key R-37
PLU random code order P-46
PLU report R-144
PLU stock (by group/dept/subdept/order) report R-147
PLU stock / PLU less stock (by range) report R-147
PLU stock / PLU less stock report R-147
PLU unit price P-163
PLU unit price and PLU 2nd unit price P-165
PLU zero sales (by group / dept / subdept / order) R-146
PLU zero sales report R-146
PLU/PLU 2nd@/subdepartment/department unit price P167
PLU/subdepartment/department descriptors P-150
plus key R-35
popup display R-10, R-15
post entry R-132
power switch R-17
power switch cover R-10
TE-7000S/8000F/8500F Reference Manual
R-213
www.cashregisters.net
Index
Q
quantity/for P-133
quantity/For key R-40
R
R/J print control (arrangement) R-58
random PLU P-40
read and reset operation R-142
recall R-51, P-136
recall key R-42
receipt P-128
receipt / slip message file R-187
receipt key R-36
receipt logo either graphic or text P-50
receipt message P-154
receipt on / off key R-40
receipt type P-111
received on account P-124
received on account key R-34
recovery I-9
recovery processing I-14
REF or REG- mode R-140
refund key R-36
refund mode operation R-140
remaining memory P-14
remote display R-15, R-18
remote off R-93
remote on R-93
remote power control R-105
remote printer R-18, R-19
remote printer backup process R-46
remote printer control R-44
remote printer failure I-13
remote printer system R-44
report control 2 P-46
report header file R-185
report headers P-159
report sample R-143
restore from CF card R-121
restrict (0 or 5) on the last digit P-41
right cursor key P-145
rounding (tax table) P-60
rounds %+ or %- operation P-41
S
satellite R-19
satellite terminal down I-14
scanner R-18
scanning PLU R-136
scanning PLU link R-170, P-138
schedule P-72, P-200
schedule file R-63, R-181
scheduled execution of arrangement key function R-60
scheduler P-56
scheduler file R-189
seat number key R-42
second unit price key R-39
security locks R-16
selective item subtotal P-133
selective item subtotal key R-40
sentinel amount P-39
separate check R-133
separate check key R-41
set menu function R-129
set menu table P-34
set menu table file R-186
set menu/condiment P-51
shared check tracking requirement R-50
shared check tracking system R-19, R-49
sheet holder R-10
shift key P-145
shift PLU R-137, R-171, P-136, P-137
sign-on control (clock-in/-out) R-71
slip P-130
slip back feed / release key R-38
slip feed / release key R-38
slip print key R-38
slip printer R-18
slip/guest P-48
software concept R-3
sort by department P-42
sort by group P-42
sort by group/dept with detail P-42
SP-1300 R-18
space key P-145
special character file R-185
special characters P-157
square P-133
square key R-40
ST (subtotal) compulsory P-41
stock inquiry key R-33
stock maintenance R-95
stock result copy P-47
storage of TRG operation into journal memory P-49
store R-51
store and recall R-51
store key R-42
storing electronic journal R-84
subdepartment (all) report R-148
subdepartment (by group / dept) report R-148
subdepartment (by range) report R-148
subdepartment descriptors P-148
subdepartment features P-113
subdepartment file R-169
subdepartment key R-42
subdepartment number key R-42
subdepartment unit price P-166
subdepartment zero sales (by group / dept) report R-149
subdepartment zero sales report R-149
substitution key R-41, R-130
subtotal P-132
subtotal key R-39
system concept R-3
system configuration R-19
system connection P-64
system connection check R-92
system connection table R-191
system down I-9
system down and recovery I-9
system error code R-202
system error log R-192
R-214
www.cashregisters.net
system files R-191
system installation I-4
system key R-31
system re-configuration R-99
W
T
X/Z collection R-112
X/Z collection/consolidation R-104, R-116
X/Z consolidation R-114
X/Z report control P-93
X/Z report control by range P-105
X/Z reporting R-103
T/S (taxable status shift) P-130
table analysis P-59
table analysis file R-182
table analysis report R-152
table number key R-38
table range P-95
table range by range P-107
table transfer R-51, P-123
table transfer key R-33
takeout key R-42
TAST (taxable amount subtotal) P-130
tax rate(%) P-60
tax status shift key R-38
tax table P-60
tax table file R-186
taxable amount subtotal key R-40
tender key R-32
terminator (CAT5) R-17, R-106
text print P-122
text print key R-33
text recall P-122
text recall key R-33
text recall message P-155
time & attendance R-63, P-70, P-71, P-72
time zone P-69
time zone file R-62, R-64, R-179
tip P-123
tip key R-34
totalizers linkage R-26
transaction key R-33, R-144
transaction key file R-169
tray total P-136
type of operator P-83
work time file
R-64
X
Z
zero stock error P-41
zero-skip on report P-46
U
UP-250
UP-350
R-18
R-18
V
validation key R-36
VAT key R-37
VAT recalculate on X/Z report P-46
void P-126
void operation P-83
void reason report R-152
void table P-63
void table file R-182
TE-7000S/8000F/8500F Reference Manual
R-215
www.cashregisters.net
c
CASIO COMPUTER CO., LTD.
6-2, Hon-machi 1-chome
Shibuya-ku, Tokyo 151-8543, Japan
IR0301-A
Printed in Japan
TE-7000 REF*E
www.cashregisters.net